Home

2015 F-650/750 Owner`s Manual 2015 F

1. 269 B Battery eee te e e 225 acid treating emergencies 225 jumping a disabled battery 179 maintenance free 225 replacement specifications 273 SeTVICIDB tee ves s revise vases 225 Booster seats ssssssssss 30 Brakelamp bulb replacement 231 Brakes 139 140 201 adjustment ene 204 antilock uestem 140 anti lock brake system ABS warning light ssss 140 brake warning light 140 fluid checking and adding 221 fluid specifications 256 parking 5252s 150 153 204 shift interlock 128 GRAMS ecce os 169 BUDS E 233 C Catalytic converter see Emission control 205 EE 278 279 CD player eene 276 Cell phone use 11 Child safety seats attaching with tether straps 38 in front seat sesrrseesigssrdsiias 35 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 382 Index WL rear Seal cen ene teens 35 D LARCH iere teresa 38 Child safety seats booster Daytime running lamps Seats 30 See LAMPS ss 59 Cleaning your vehicle 234 RER EE 79 engine compartment 237 Diesel exhaust fluid DEF 112 exterior pee Reset avem dues 234 Diesel Particulate Filter instrument panel 238 DPF 98 TNLETION MS 238 oo ees plastic parts
2. mt x sown ISI sn220 IIAIPITM SYJUOW 10 SI JIWOTA Team ATIVANNV AMAA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 366 oze og 061 882 081 Ka 021 097 061 OFT ayeoliqny ees yndyno SY ssoy Iwas Sut99 g aqn jurof drps sjurof j uumgoo Surro91g Daat YOOYD pm Surr99 s JAMOg ogueuo pmp Surr99 s TIMOJ jueurooe doJ Jo SUIS IaMog 9 9 YOY ed j ro Sureoq VOU A lo asueyp ad lo Sureoq Ia yoedal od asvars JULI T AM ayealqny spuo por arn 8unjsnq pue uldsuryyuTy Seq 9 Xy 1014 SurALID UON Sp cr og oe te smon 992 ove vec soz 061 Ei 01 921 DO 000T X Staiamotg 0001 X sam ISI s1n520 19A9W9IJA SYJUOU 10 sS193ouro p eat penuguo XTIVONNV YAMA YO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 367 Scheduled Maintenance PPA YoY Tenueur 19M J U0 V Y UON SIY SIWO I9A9uon M syuow oan 10 U 000ZT UN 0008 Serm 0008 0009 Haut TdS uou yeouqny 3urof dis pue mot Some IAIM mom xis 10 U 0000F SPU 00097 Zou Tas eyeotaqny yuof n Fe pu Ds w ps s w e se e mn Foe vos ose zzz vez ove vez soc zer ozr CIPEL ooe oer or or Foor ost on oer oa n o x Seu 3S1 SINIIO IJAMPTYM SYJUOW 10 S1939uro D
3. ER 40A 20A i 40A 30A 30A Body builder relay Parking lamps _ _ 40A 203 Baw 203 203 60a 20 20 20 30 50 40 20 40 30 30 40 30 20 30 0 60 60 60 Air brake trailer tow fuse block Windshield washer relay Wiper run park relay Windshield wiper relay E dl x n IP Body builder relay right tum NE e Wiper high low relay Body builder relay left turn ABS event relay hydraulic brake vehicles only Body builder relay back up lamps relay 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuses 191 Puce Relay Tuse Am p Protected Circuits Location Rating 209 Doo i Auxiliary stop lamp relay 301 EE Fuel heater Fuel transfer pump relay diesel engine only a Fuel pump module gasoline engine only 302 a Body builder relay parking lamps relay 303 Blower motor relay 304 NE DEF Urea line heaters relay diesel engine only Powertrain control module power VPWR1 gasoline engine only Individual Maxi Fuse Holder in Engine Compartment Fuse Relay Fuse Am p Protected Circuits Location Rating 9925 30A Hydraulic brakes pump motor 1 Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel 8 8 amp S amp 8 A 8 8 8 5 S S Fong Eng M p Pe gong reng r pu N e t Ed o M e o e Wa o N amp amp amp x x bed be 6 bed kend i Pe p pme e p pme py pg pg py p N o g o N e
4. 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 156 Traction Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the rear brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction Note The system does not apply the brakes when vehicle speed is above 25 mph 40 km h USING TRACTION CONTROL WARNING Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal injury or property damage The occurrence of a traction control event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this may lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If you experience a severe road event SLOW DOWN Press the switch to select Off Road p or Mud Snow traction mode This is beneficial when your vehicle is stuck in snow or on a slippery road surface This mode allows excess wheel spin to dig your vehicle out and allows you to rock your vehicle MUD SI TRACTI Press the switch again to select standard traction control The system automatically selects standard traction control at the next igniti
5. 78 R Mirrors sss cipeenigedetdcdacssasvesedencnesdute 62 e Badio ege egsdieter egeen See 278 279 fold away en 64 65 Single CD O 278 279 side view mirrors power 63 Radi 976 adio reception ssss M ft amp parts 234 273 d Rear window defroster 79 0 Receiving a text message 300 Recommendations for Octane rating eese 108 attaching safety restraints for Gh ldter 2 52 tiis 32 E Relays 187 188 191 Pairing other phones 293 Remote entry system Pairing your phone for the first locking unlocking doors 54 EI MM DR ICH IE 292 Roadside assistance 177 Parking brake 150 153 S Parts see Motorcraft parts 273 Safety Belt Maintenance 53 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Index 385 Safety belts Suspension 163 207 Gee STEE S54 9 90 SYNC Appin gedd 315 Safety defects reporting 186 SYNC customer support 288 Safety information 288 SYNC Services sss 308 Safety restraints 44 47 49 50 Belt Minder 50 T extension assembly 49 for adults 44 45 47 49 Tail lamps for children s 26 32 bulb replacement 231 lap belt 522 interiit edes 49 T 1 safety belt maintenance
6. Child Safety 41 Tether Strap Attachment Rear SuperCab Only There are three loops of webbing just above the back of the rear seat along the bottom edge of the rear window in the SuperCab These loops are to be used as both routing loops and anchor loops for up to three child safety seat tether straps These straps may be secured below the back of the seat with rubber bands To access reach below the back of the seat and pull the tether loop out of the rubber band securing it Many tether straps cannot be tightened if the tether strap is hooked to the loop directly behind the child seat To provide a tight tether strap 1 Route the tether strap through the loop directly behind the child seat 2 Attach the strap hook onto the loop behind an adjacent seating position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 42 Child Safety 3 Install the child safety seat tightly using the vehicle belts Follow the instructions in this chapter 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A single loop can be used to route and anchor more than one child seat For example the center loop can be used as a routing loop for a child safety seat in the center rear seat and as an anchoring loop for child seats installed in the outboard rear seats CHILD SAFETY LOCKS IF EQUIPPED When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the
7. Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies Do not rely on it to increase your driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling An inaccurate reading results if you leave the engine running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time you fill the tank Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks fill the tanks evenly or the fuel gauge reading may fluctuate slightly until the fuel level between the two tanks balances out and becomes equal Note If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks add fuel to both fuel tanks when refueling or engine performance may degrade Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600
8. Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected d 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 4 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 182 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend that you return to your authorized selling dealer to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may need to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer If you have questions or concerns or are
9. Transmission 129 If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure allows you to move the gearshift lever from position P 1 Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off 2 Remove the lower finish panel below the steering column 3 Turn the key to the on position but do not start the engine 4 Pull back on the solenoid and at the same time shift the transmission into position N 5 Start your vehicle See an authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Six speed TorqShift amp Transmission A WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure 5 the gearshift is latched in position P Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING Do not use the tow haul feature when driving in icy C or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide and the vehicle to swing around with the possible loss of vehicle control 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 130 Transmission P RND 42 1 Position P This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear 1 Start the engine 2 Press the brake pedal 3 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in position P 1 Come to a complete stop 2 Move the gearshift lever and se
10. e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually FIFTH WHEEL OPERATION WARNING Failure to follow the fifth wheel manufacturer s instructions for hooking and unhooking as well as sliding the fifth wheel could result in an accident personal injury or death WARNING When the tractor and trailer are parked unattended the trailer brake hand control should never be used to apply the brake since air may leak from the system allowing vehicle movement resulting in possible property damage personal injury or death Before hook up make sure e The fifth wheel jaws are fully open e The fifth wheel is fully tilted back to prevent body damage when the tractor is backed under a trailer e You block the trailer wheels and adjust and apply the trailer spring brakes Never chase a trailer e The brake hoses and light cords are clear of the fifth wheel Hook up 1 Back the tractor squarely under the trailer engaging the fifth wheel jaws on the kingpin Always back up slowly make sure the trailer is neither too high nor too low Avoid backing under the trailer from an angle 2 Connect the service and emergency brake hoses and trailer light connector 3 Inspect the jaws of the fifth wheel to be sure they have fully closed on the trailer kingpin and the trailer plate is resting securely on the fifth wheel 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus
11. o connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All e Artists e Albums e Genres OUR coto H H3 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 318 SYNC Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection What s Playing At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice i amp icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any us of the following TSB Autoplay off Autoplay on Phone Media Bluetooth Connections Play next track Play playlist lt name gt Play previous folder Play next folder 3 Play previous track Play song lt name gt Play track lt name gt Refine album lt name gt Refine artist lt name gt R
12. repupep e s pepea ps s ps on Foor vr ser err o6 os vo sr ce or EE Fer os os o o or o or o or Dem asy 1990 IJAIJITYM SYJUOW 10 s1939uro pr sau penuguo XTTVANNV YAMA YO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 365 Scheduled Maintenance unt 00009T SOT 000007 ISeT ou ur peourdoz jou j ub 0000 sat 0000 18 oda un 000761 sou 000077 pue ULF 000091 Ser 000007 1e Jedsuy S 9q ap amp 10sseooe Joodsu ssnid yreds ooe dog eutSuo oUT OSes soe dat Joy ire ISU eurSuo outpose8 3oedsur Joy Ie out WY 00008 S 9000 10 stead very amp roao uou ISIH SOUIOD IOADYITUA WY 000091 SOT QOOOOT 10 STR xis IN auIsue out ose8 ooe do1 ue ooo susug UOTJEPUSUNLULODAL s IoInjoejnueur 93g ourguo osorp ooe do1 jue ooo af Daa UOLEpUSUNLULODAL s IJaInjoejnueur 99g eurguo eserp Joao Ppe JUR OOD afl pepue xy eutSuo osorp ujsuams Jo1Iqnqut UOTSOLI09 oAljtppe pue uorj29j01d ozea1J 27201 juepooo augur uomedueouoo pue AAI YoY 3ue o02 outgun sujuour xis 10 W 0008 sepur 0008 ATOAT ouuo ouiose8 oSueuo 197 pue lo on Uorjepuaururo291 s 19M LuLu 99g uu osorp e8ueuo 1ojprj pue ro sulsuy BEES 09 us ve Te sp ev cr 6e oe ee ON ozs vos sz zzz occ ove vac soz zer 921 0001 x saoyouorry ooz oer ost ozy ovr ost orr ost ozr orr
13. yueouqn y oxy eoo OOUJUAS OP T MSA AVS 3J 191030 N 10 0608 AX queouqu ovy Teoy umruro4d 06 08 AVS 3je1040 0 X JO O0F loi AN yueouqn y oxy Ie oneujus OP T MSA AVS 3J 191030 N 096 JST 9 0qv 06 M08 AVS orou u s muog 092 JST 9A0qv 06 M08 HVS orou1u s qm 0 0F dat 9eAo0qv OPI MSL AVS oneuu s qm 0 059 1 07 9Aoqv 06 MG4 AVS 092 JST eaoqy 06 M08 AVS O ZI 01 9A0qv OFT MS8 AVS 099 dt 9 0QV OVT M08 AVS Oc07 Aalt 9 0qV OPT MS2 AVS Oc07 Aaf 9 0qV 06 M92 AVS Oo dose 01 AN AE dat 9 0qy MSL AVS Joqumw IMEN Ld S970N amm1IgIodmat p104 JueTeaAMby quarqury AjISOosTA squeonqni orneuqu s Surpnjour suorjeoagroeds ago Te THd ITIN Surjoour Aqenb GTO IdV JO Saa urep popuojxo yy umo ojod squeoriqng ureqp popuo X9 OWE suorjeogroods ed S0Tc Hd IIIN Suou TED D IdV JO Soatytppe squeormqnq urerp d UI umo odjad pepuejxe uou IOP uorn vorrodg Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 267 Capacities and Specifications Tenueul sao1e1edo aurguo 99g eursSuo osotrq DO eursug 9 TX amp e1dg 9UOOTIS 3J 191030 X quopeambo 10 TGTE IS OUD 40 GTX amp eudg aseery ssoding tnyy aseols xo duroo vumm s1Ioje soJ 3J 194010 A osodundnmur z4 TON MODUIA JOO T TTX queoliqn y yoo pue SUYLIJ U d IJeIOIOJOJN lO X20 T SIDEC X90 100q GUIOT
14. 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold Canada Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In Canada the card is found in the warranty information in the glove box Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage Please see your warranty information or visit our website at www ford ca for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian customers who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery The hazard flasher is located on the steering column just behind the A steering wheel The hazard flashers operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition e Press the flasher control to flash all front and rear direction signals e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 179 JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to
15. 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 94 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately five miles eight kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting your vehicle avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the en
16. Confirmation of enabling Belt Minder is provided by e the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds e the safety belt warning light turning off e the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds After receiving confirmation the procedure is complete CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back Gf equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and repla
17. Firing order 1 6 5 10 2 7 3 8 4 9 Spark plug gap 0 039 0 043 inch 1 0 1 1 mm Ignition system Coil on plug Compression ratio 21 Engine Drivebelt Routing 6 8L V10 engine with air conditioning 6 8L V10 engine without air conditioning 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 256 TO 06M08 AX jueoUqu oy Teovy UNMIS 06 08 AVS 3je1040 0 X 0 88 03 0 92 Ao00T Old 06 M08 AVS eaoge pue ET aaoge pue Ant OVI MG8 AVS 9A0q pue 0 98 aaoge pue At OVI M08 AVS eaoge pue D 0p oAoqe pue Aut OVI MGL AVS 91g 03 Oe0T A008 01 daf 08 M97 HVS 0 92 01 90077 HoS 7 01 Jdo0T MSL AVS TO OPTMSL AX yueouqn y oxy Ie OOUJUAS Or T MSA AVS 3J 191030 N Sju eoriqng ITJ YJU S pue p euoryuoAuoo mt jou oq Sjueoniqng orpeugqu s Surpnjour suorjeoagroeds ASOT6 Aud ITIN Surjoour TED STD Idy JO out reas gy sodmdymy 9 X 3u0JJ SUIALIp UON Joqumw ourey Ld s930oN o3n3ededuro p10 3uo eAmb q juoIqury A3ISO2SIA uorn vorr odg qo Surreoq JooyM 9 x quoJ ourouog 9 xe Jao1dg uo0yey SNOILVOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 257 Capacities and Specifications 0 88 01 OogT Ao00T 01 ALOT 10 06A408 AX 4406 AVS queoriqnT oxy OolS 01 0 92 Jeoy UDO 06 M08 Ao0L 0 At AVS 3J 191030 A M08 AVS 9A0qe pu
18. System Check and Vehicle Feature Customization Press the SETUP button repeatedly to cycle the message center through the following features INFO RESET SETUP RESET FOR Press the OIL LIFE BRAKE SYSTEM MILES TO EMPTY UNITS Press the English or Metric RESET button LANGUAGE Press the English Spanish French Press ENGLISH RESET button and hold to set SPANISH FRENCH 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 78 Information Displays INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages display or are available Certain messages appear abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages disappear automatically after a short time You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus Battery and Action Description Charging System Messages CHECK CHARGING Displays when the charging system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Brake System Action Description Messages BRAKE FLUID Displays when the brake fluid level is low LEVEL LOW Have the brake system inspected immediately See Brake fluid check in the Maintenance chapter CHECK BRAKE Displays when the brake system needs SYSTEM servicing If the
19. e Accelerate smoothly and evenly Rapid acceleration increases fuel consumption without increasing engine performance e When approaching a hill press the accelerator smoothly to start the incline at full power and then shift down as needed to maintain vehicle speed e When going down a hill or long steep grades prevent overspeeding of the engine Normally choose the same gear to descend the hill that you use to ascend the hill The engine governor has no control over engine speed when it is being pushed by a loaded vehicle e Do not operate in a gear that permits an engine speed more than the maximum governed speed or high idle RPM no load e Always shift to a lower gear at high altitudes to prevent engine smoking Backing Up WARNING All vehicles have blind spots To reduce the risk of severe injury or property damage never move your vehicle to the side or rear or change lanes without being sure your way is clear on both sides and to your rear WARNING To reduce the risk of the possibility of personal injury while backing up the vehicle always be sure your vehicle s path is clear Before backing up your vehicle be sure you can do so safely If anything behind the cab limits your view do not rely on mirrors alone to make sure that your intended path is clear If other people are in the vicinity have someone standing well behind your vehicle and outside of your intended path visible through an exterior mirror guide you
20. e There are no cracks or dents e They are securely mounted Slack adjuster Inspect for broken loose or missing parts Note The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied When pulled by hand the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Verify e There are no cracks dents holes and no loose or missing bolts e The brake linings are not worn dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Inspection Guide 23 Spacers Verify e Even separation of dual wheels e The tires are not touching one another Inspect for damaged or bent rims Rims should not have welding repairs and no rust trails which indicate it is loose on the wheel Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose look for rust trails around the lug nuts There should be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes Trailer If you are pulling a trailer perform an inspection of the trailer similar to that of the tractor The inspection should follow trailer manufacturer recommendations and should include at a minimum general condition landing gear doors sides lights reflectors suspension brakes tires wheels cargo placement stability and tie downs Transmission WARNING If the unit starts in gear and or the neutral start switch
21. 236 Dipstick dn washing ssseeeeeeee 234 automatic transmission waxing NOM TREE 236 fluid Se Aaa a R A R 215 wheels duce heit orte 240 GE 210 Wiper bladeg ue neue 237 Doors Climate control see Air lubricant specifications 256 conditioning or Heating GMT 255 CloGk it 278 279 Driving under special et 125 221 conditions adjusting osise 222 through water 176 lte EE 221 Specifications 256 E COOlANG CR LEE 212 checking and adding a 211 919 e message pertes diss 76 refill capacities 269 Emergencies roadside specifications 256 o Grengen e Customer Assistance 177 EE E EE Getting assistance outside Emergency Flashers ne 178 the U S and Canada 184 Emission control system 123 349 Getting roadside assistance 177 Getting the service you catalytic converter 205 End user license agreement 336 need eege 182 197 Ordering additional owner s EDINE oin Ouen 255 literature sse 185 Cleaning 21 2 237 Utilizing the COOlANE E 212 Mediation Arbitration fail safe cooling 214 Program noiiire 184 lubrication specifications 256 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Index 383 Engine block heater 103 daytime running lights 59 PASH tO PASS cec tires
22. A Side gear B C B Differential plain case half C Shift collar in the locked position D Actuator assembly and shift fork E Axle shaft F Interference between the shift collar and housing G Shift collar in the unlocked position H Outer splines axle shaft to collar I Shift collar and differential case splines J Inner splines axle shaft to side gear Removing Axle Shafts before Towing l 2 3 Shift the main differential to the unlocked disengaged position the differential lock light turns off Remove the cap screws and washers or stud nuts and washers from flanges of both axle shafts Loosen the tapered dowels in the flanges of both axle shafts by holding a 115 inch diameter brass drift or hammer against the axle shaft center and hitting it with a five or six pound hammer Note Do not use a chisel or wedge to loosen the axle shafts and dowels Use of a chisel or wedge can damage the hub axle shafts and oil seals Remove the tapered dowels and both axle shafts from the axle assembly Assemble a cover over openings of both wheel ends to prevent loss of lubricant and keep dirt away from the wheel bearing cavities 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 174 Towing Note One of the axle shafts has two sets of splines One set to engage with the differential side gear and one set to engage with the shift collar for the differential lock It may be necessary to rotate the
23. If the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If the brake warning lamp illuminates have your brake system serviced immediately Gei If you connect a PLC trailer with the ignition on the trailer ABS light also illuminates If the light fails to illuminate if it remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash have the system serviced immediately FULL POWER BRAKE SYSTEM 00O WARNING If the red BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains illuminated after engine start up this indicates a system failure in the Full Power Brake System Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible and seek service immediately This system incorporates standard braking an anti lock braking system ABS and optional Power Park Brake into one fully integrated hydraulic brake system With the Full Power Brake System braking energy is stored similar to an air brake system resulting in faster response times and shorter stopping distances This is accomplished using motor and pump assemblies that pressurize the system by pumping brake fluid into accumulators This is similar to the air compressor of an air brake system pressurizing the air tanks The system includes a master cylinder that provides the normal pedal feel and transfers the pedal force via brake fluid to the main components of the system Note The motor and pumps run momentarily with the ignition switch in the on or run position or in the off position
24. Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving e Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor e Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 1596 of the loaded trailer weight 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 168 Towing RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Vehicles with diesel engine a lb kg GCWR 9299 11792 Frame F 650 Straight Frame 9498 13154 F 750 25999 37000 11793 16783 Specific GCWR and maximun trailer weight applicable your vehicle is dependent on many variables including transmission capability Check with your sales consultant for the exact rating on your vehicle Vehicles with SOLS engine A GVWR lb kg GCWR aoe e RN Paus 9299 11798 F 650 Pro Loader Straight 20940 29000 Frame F 650 Straight Frame 9498 13154 Specific GCWR and maximum trailer weight applicable your vehicle is dependent on many variables including transmission capability Check with your sales consultant for the exact rating on you
25. UD JOADYIIYM sujuour xis 10 W 0000F sru 00087 AOA TdS ayeotqny yutol q 300q yoodsut yutof dyg Cer 09 us ve Te sr ev cr 6e oe ee e oot zct vp oer szt OZT cT vor 96 88 0001 X sm oor s o6 cs os e 02 co 09 cc mt x sem SA SINIIO JOAVYSTYM SYJUOU 10 SJ1939uro D satt penunuo XTTVANNV UAMAA YO CAM 0007 SATIN 0000 YO SNOLLIGNOO LI NI AVOA AAO NO HOIASHS AYAAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 376 sanoy eurguo Gg K1oA9 pooe do4 oq p nous Jey pue lO Ou y oppoauos Jo d snp UT pepueulumooaJ st sINOY aoutguo uo pase o npauos L AJO js1xo asn ArTeUOTIeIS 10 uoryeodo poads Ao se uons SUOTIIPUOD sso un o npouos eULIOU y 9AJ9sqo pinous sesuvyo Jelly pue ro sulsue y uud out oses e YIM p ddmb st o orqoA ANOKA JJ 930N wo sks JAC yor pue yooyo wo sks AAA PMLA IsneyxyY posorq ayeouqny sopr s Joysn pe yeag 9jeouqnr siopur Ao YOI SLoYLIs Sayoyep sesury 1oo q Sjuouoduro qe Qs1g S UD IoAouoruM renuue Jo Wy 000091 soru 00000T AAY asueypo O IY YJU S IOP say soulod I9A9WOT A ATTeNuUe IO wq 00007 somu 00097 AAJ asueypo ro umo o1 ed ION Du 000091 sat 000001 LAY oguewo OIF OTL 09 us ve Te sr ev cr 6e oe ee emon 097 zst vp 98T szt oct att vor 96 88 0001
26. add fluid in 0 5 pint 250 milliliters increments through the filler tube until the level is correct 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 218 Maintenance If an overfill occurs excess fluid ee should be removed by a qualified oor technician Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Manual Transmissions Note Use of a non approved transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your manual transmission may have an optional synthetic fluid that allows the use of extended service intervals A tag on the filler plug identifies the use of the synthetic fluid Only use fluid that meets manufacturer specifications See Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Checking Fluid Level Park your vehicle on level ground Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off Clean any dirt from around the filler plug Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level The fluid level should be at the bottom of the filler plug opening Add fluid if necessary thr
27. allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes and then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 236 Vehicle Care Rear suspension components may require regular cleaning with a power washer or a thorough rinse with a strong stream of water if you operate your vehicle in dusty or muddy environments Rear leaf springs or other suspension components may emit squeak or popping noises while operating your vehicle if particles such as dirt rocks or other debris are present in the components Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect the paint on your car from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amo
28. belt having the lap belt booster seat generally children who snug and low across the are at least 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or hips shoulder belt greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib centered across the 45 kg if recommended by child shoulder and chest and restraint manufacturer seat back upright You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints System chapter for more information 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 26 Child Safety Child Seats Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airb
29. driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine ECONOMICAL DRIVING Several things affect your vehicle s fuel economy such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle You may improve your vehicle s fuel economy by keeping these things in mind Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds without stopping Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds Traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance You may want to avoid doing these things since they may reduce your vehicle s fuel economy Sudden or hard accelerations Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Use the air conditioner or front defroster Use the speed control in hilly terrain Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Carry unnecessary weight Approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried e Add particular accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors roll bars and light bars running boards ski racks e Drive wit
30. indicate unevenly tightened lug nuts but may be the result of a bent wheel Use the following installation procedure 1 Slide inner rear or front tire and wheel in position over studs and push it back as far as possible Use care so you do not damage the threads on the studs Disc Wheel with Flange Nuts Hub piloted Front wheel mounting of flange nut system A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake drum D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E Wheel hub 2 Position the outer rear tire and wheel in place over the studs and push it back as far as possible Use care so you do not damage the threads on the studs Orient clock the outer wheel on the hub so it allows access and clearance to the inner valve stem B Rear wheel mounting of flange nut ow ut s system e Ae ye A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake drum D D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E E Wheel hub 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 252 Wheels and Tires Aluminum Rear Disc Wheel with Flange Nuts Hub piloted A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake drum D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E Wheel hub F Wheel locator pad Note for aluminum wheels Clean each wheel locator pad on the hub from all dirt rust and foreign material prior to re installing rear aluminum hub piloted wheels Apply a light coat of chassis grease never seize or disc brake corrosion control grease only to the wheel locator pad 3 Run the
31. inside 2015 F 650 750 167 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Move the lock control up or down to engage or disengage the childproof lock Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 43 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION A WARNING Always drive and ride with your seat back upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained OG WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly w
32. replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 314 SYNC Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report privacy notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your ve
33. sru 00097 Alaa 1d8 uou eyeoraqnq jurof dys pue met 949 YoY DIOU Sut991s Jon ogueuo pm Suti99 s JoMoq soxe1q are ojeoriqn saojsnfpe JJS soxe1q ire ayeoLiqny ureo g soxe1q onexpAu ojeouqnr o8exurp 19A9 Aep ox oxe1q Sup req ee deer rej soxe1q ornerpAu OAs pm Yoyo 1opur amp o Josey waysig oxe1q Koena ere Eere o E 1 COOOT X S193europry os er or ee og ec oc er OT mt somn ISI 1990 1oA9q2rqA SYJUOW 10 s193ouro pp S MW penunuo XTTVANNV UAMAT YO WA 0002 SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI AVOA AAO NO HOIAMHS HHHASUS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 371 Scheduled Maintenance Us SaUIOD IOADYOTYUM Ip 10 WY 000091 sepur 000001 LAF Daum S UD JaAdyoTyM renuue 10 WY 00007 somu 00097 Aiaant Lu 000091 Se 000001 tea WY 0091 Sam QOOT A142 9A9 JOI tuoneaodo Anp AAeoq SNONUTJUOD J0 1 JSI SOUIOD IAIM TeAI9 ur 92ueuo ureur jeag 10 mom e oouo UN 0008 SOPU 9008 LAJ re ar sr SEH os ze vo 9 sp ov ce vc or s os or ee og ec oc er Or mt x sem o8ueuyo LO IY YJU S 101L9 X au lO umoe ojed 10 U9 A asueyo Jo LOLLY 9A9 YOY 10 U9 X ou ro oneuju s 1oordg eue q uo asueyp lO umo o rjod 1oordg eue q uo Daat YY 1ootdg eue q yuo grs ojny
34. y eutSuo out ose8 ooe doa1 Joy ire ourgurq eursuo out ose8 32edsur Joy Ie out ouIsue out ose8 ooe do1 jue ooo susug auIsue osorp aoe dar que ooo afl Data ugua osarp 1opuo1xo Ppe JUL OOD afl Doug eurguo osarp uj8uarjs AOJIGIYUL UOISOLIOI oAnjppe pue uorj2ejo1d ezea1j xou juepooo au uomeuoouoo pue AAI YoY 3ue o02 aUTBUy eurguo out ose8 asueyo ot pue Io aulsuy ouIsus Togo eSueuo Joy pue ro aurgu g Ke foe ze ve e sr er er e 9 8 eo ove 9rc zet sor ver oct 96 ze Sv vc 000T X S193ouropX osr eer oer eor o6 sa 09 cr OE at mt x sown ISIH s1n220 JoAoqoTqA SYQUOU 10 s1ojouro pr Team XTTVONNV TAON YO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO STWAYALNI 3ONVN3 LNIVIN Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 354 SYJLOU Ba 10 WAY YOOFZ 0009T Soft 90081 00001 LAQ TdS uou oyeotiqny 3urof dys pue 3urof SUJUOUL XIs 10 ubt 00009T SEU 000001 Aa TdS e1eouqnr uol EC Poe T lef Je f suo yus ing syi ssog ze98 Suma pe fe fe fe fe foe fo fo eo o ayeotiqny mof deemo wumjoo SUOS NEN EN RR ERN C CR CA EORR PERI AoC NG Sa E eC a Ci Ga IS Sins Pn BASS iq D 000008 SATU 000008 10 S1294 ay ATOAT quoutaoedal Jay Surroe s Jamog sng Fae EE E GEES ee ee EEE EE soxe1q omnexpAu aqn o8exurp 19A9 Aepox oxe1q Suppreq Fe fe fe
35. you can rotate the tire to a drive axle Chamfer or shoulder wear With tires inflated properly this is a normal tendency of most radial tire designs If both inside and outside shoulders are wearing evenly around the tire no further action is required Over inflation is not effective in correcting this effect Irregular Wear If irregular wear is present check the axle alignment tire pressure wheel balancing shock and suspension component condition and wheel bearing end play This condition not only shortens tire life but also adversely affects the handling of your vehicle which is dangerous Rotating tires from one wheel position to another is an often used way to even out many types of irregular wear or to avoid it altogether Some of the more effective tire rotation programs are e You can rotate steer tires that have developed some type of irregular wear pattern to drive axles if using rib tires on all wheel positions Applying steer tires to a drive position often cleans them You can move them back to the steer axles or run out to re tread stage on the rear axle e Another rotation possibility for fleets with rib tires in all wheel positions is to break in the new steer tires in the drive axle positions then move them to steer axles This wears away tread rubber relatively quickly in the early life of a tire when it is most likely to develop an unusual wear pattern e You can place drive axle tires on the other end of the s
36. 1oS8ue1peoq uoge TO oneuqu amp g poyqryur uoreprxo pue Ter 1 T9 IdV Io Teas PEIOUN ACST9b T TIN JO APOLS T TIN AO TdV 410 TS IdV 0 OUT IO umo od od UOTSSTUISUBA cV 9TA8IN dUSM ISEM D 9TUSDUIM Ioqumny IMEN Ld SoJON o3n3e4eduro quarqury A31S09StA uorn vornrodg om dom COP TO oneuroqne poods XIg DU J9useA Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 261 Capacities and Specifications p104 3uo eAmb q somyeroduley TV MOG AVS qo Oc8I dal 9Aoqy M06 UAVS Oo8I 45 0 o og M08 AVS O 8T 4 0 940qV MOS AVS Os8T 4 0 o og MOV AVS JoqumN IMEN Hed S930N MII dM querqury A31S09SIA JdJO IdV 10 S IdV WeSTOP T TIN 10 BTOTG TI TIN Staat IO urgu OTOUJUAS TO orjeuqu4g W iptz isbisbtg jou ore S IO Jeo8 qH poyqryur uoreprxo pue jsni TD IdV Io Teas Te1ourq zeigt Coouod9joud Jo 1opao A0 WPOTC I IIWO ut passy syueouqnT JO IdV 10 TS IdV 0 pezruompous uou urguy TO umad Iootdg Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 262 somyerodwe IN MOS AVS OogI HoOT 940qv M06 AVS OeGT AoOT mog M08 AVS OoZI HoOT 940qv MOS AVS Oo6I AoOT MOTE MOP AVS Joqumw IMEN 131eq SoJON o3n3e1eduro p104 3uo yeAmb g juotqury A31S09StA JO IdV 410 IS IdV AZS19P T TIN 10
37. 3oedsug ub 00008 set 00009 10 s194 ox amp 1oAo uat SIY souroo JOASYOTYM UD 000091 sat 000001 40 Sieo XIS 1v e npeuos o1euej e SuIpsesat qL Jo puo je 9 0U Vas syzuow ao 10 WJ 0008 Se ur 0008 amp 19A uorjepueururooai s 1o1 ovjnueur 99g 09 us ve Te sp ev cr 6e og ee emon oot ver vet oer szt OZT cT vor 96 88 oor s o6 cs os e O2 co 09 cc mt x somn s qJeq 9Aup rossoooe yoodsuy ssnjd xeds ooepdoq eurgue euroseg ooe do1 Joy 1e ourgurq eurguo ourpose8 Joodsut Jo Ire out eurguo oui ose8 ooe do1 que ooo susug our8uo osorp ooe do1 jue ooo af Daat Lou osorp 1opuoj xo ppe jue ooo af popuojxni our8uo oserp uj8uerjs AOJIGIYUL UOISOLIOI oAn tppe pue uorj ejo1d ezeaij xou juepooo au uoneuoeouoo pue BAIT YOY que ooo ourgung eurguo sulfoses asueyo 1947 pue lo sulsuy auIsus asaIp asueyo 1947 pue ro oulsuq 0001 X sxojyouropry ISIY SINIIO JOAVYPTYM SYJUOW 10 SJ939uro D satt ATTVONNV YAMAA AO WA 000ZE SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO AOIAAAS TATAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 374 del Je l fle ojeouqnr Teas 3nd1no SYL ssoy 198 JUIS pe fe fe fe fe fe foe fo eo o ayeormqny jurof di s squrof j uumyoo Sutte9 g Peete eee ee or pa RU RR and FG OG E SES SES SSES
38. 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 32 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SAFETY SEATS Using Automatic Locking Mode Combination Lap and Shoulder Belts Front Passenger and Rear Outboard Seating Positions WARNING Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling e Place the vehicle seat back in the upright position e This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same fo
39. Allison Automatic Transmission Operator s Manual for scheduled transmission fluid checks and change intervals Your transmission does not consume fluid However you should check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive your vehicle until it is at normal operating temperature approximately 20 miles 30 kilometers Verify that the transmission fluid temperature gauge located on the instrument cluster is within the normal range 1 Drive your vehicle 20 miles 30 kilometers or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park your vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 216 Maintenance 3 With the engine running parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in position N or P and leave the engine running Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag Install the dipstick making sure to seat it fully in the filler tube Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated area for normal operating temperature or ambient te
40. Axle XX Tran X Under no circumstances should your vehicle be loaded in excess of the GVWR or GAWR It is the operator s responsibility to ensure that neither the axle capacities spring capacities tire capacities nor the vehicle rated GVWR is exceeded 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 166 Load Carrying Unloaded or Lightly Loaded Vehicles WARNING When operating empty or lightly loaded sudden or hard braking may induce wheel lockup with loss of vehicle control and the possibility of accident and serious injury especially on wet or slippery road surfaces The braking system has been designed to safely stop your vehicle when fully loaded to its GVWR 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Towing 167 TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Second unit bodies are not included in maximum trailer weight ratings You must subtract the weight of the extra body from the maximum trailer weight
41. Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaere Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 380 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaere Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hour
42. Engage the latch on each fender 3 Push down on the bottom of each latch until locked ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on the engine oil dipstick Gasoline Engine A MIN B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on checking and adding engine oil as well as engine oil specifications capacities and required maintenance Gasoline Engine Checking the Engine Oil 1 Make sure your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan Set the parking brake and latch the gearshift in position P Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat Locate and carefully remove the engine oil dipstick Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully and then remove it again O3 9t Oo 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 211 e If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e Ifthe oil level is below the lower hole add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper holes e Oil levels above the upper hole may cause engine damage Have an authorized dealer remove some of the oil 7 Put the dipstick back in completely Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the engine oil dipstick or the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not add engi
43. Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Introduction 11 Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraf
44. Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 60 Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS e Push down to switch on the left turn signal e Push up to switch on the right turn signal If your vehicle is a tractor the turn signals may not shut off when a turn is completed This is normal See an authorized dealer if there are any questions about your vehicle s options INTERIOR LAMPS The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to turn on the lamps The map lamps also light when e Someone opens a door e Any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 61 POWER WINDOWS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Note You may hear a rumbling noise when one or both of the rear windows are open Lower a front window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Up or Down Front Windows Note The window may disable for up to five minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly
45. Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped g E The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort To C tilt the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward un tilted position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 86 Seats MANUAL SEATS Moving the Seats Backward and Forward 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Seats 87 Tilting the Seat Back Forward Two Passenger Bench Seat Lift the handle to unlock and release the seatback forward Manual Lumbar If Equipped 3 The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side of the seat Turn the control to adjust your support POWER SEATS WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat when your vehicle is moving 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 88 Seats WARNING To reduce the risk of excess slack
46. II system has detected a malfunction WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Stop Engine diesel engine only soon as it is safely possible If the lamp begins flashing automatic engine shutdown may take place in as little as 20 seconds Cy This red lamp illuminates when you need to stop the engine as 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 74 Instrument Cluster WARNING In the event of engine shutdown make sure the vehicle is safely off the road and the problem is remedied prior to returning to the road Failure to remove the vehicle from the road could result in an accident causing serious injury or death If the engine shuts down you can restart and operate it for 30 seconds at a time or until you correct the problem For more information see Engine automatic shutdown warning light or tone in the Driving chapter and your engine operator s manual See your engine operator s manual for specific information about this feature Drivers of electronically controlled engines should know the extent of the warning engine shutdown system before operating the vehicle Traction Control diesel engine only It illuminates and flashes slowly if you select the Off Road or to Mud Snow mode It illuminates and flashes rapidly d
47. M fe N I T R To select a lower range when in Drive press the down arrow button To place the transmission in Neutral press N Allison 3000 Prognostics This transmission is equipped with the Allison Prognostics feature that can alert the driver to needed transmission maintenance and transmission fluid and filter life See the separate Allison transmission manual for complete details POWER TAKE OFF PTO OPERATION IF EQUIPPED A PTO unit allows the transmission to power auxiliary equipment to run devices such as snowplows aerial lifts tow truck lifts cement mixers or dump trucks Vehicles Equipped with an Allison Automatic Transmission Except 3000 Series You can operate the PTO while your vehicle is standing or moving To engage the PTO apply the brakes and shift to any gear other than position N then engage the PTO If the gear teeth not meshing properly prevent engagement release the brakes and allow your vehicle to creep slightly or shift the selector to position N and then back into gear Never engage the PTO by clashing 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 134 Transmission the gear teeth This may damage the PTO unit and the transmission PTO drive gear teeth resulting in further damage to the transmission and PTO PTO Operation with Vehicle Stationary WARNING When the PTO is operated with the vehicle stationary the transmission must be placed in posi
48. Park B q i bal e e Pj e D gt With both knobs pushed in normal driving position the parking brakes for both the tractor and trailer can be applied by pulling the parking brake knob B out exhausting air from the tractor spring brakes simultaneously causing the trailer air supply valve to pop out applying the trailer brakes Trailer Charge Oo o 9 D If both knobs are out and you want to recharge the trailer while leaving the tractor spring brakes applied the trailer air supply A can be pushed in to recharge the trailer air supply line You can also use this mode to park a combination vehicle with tractor spring brakes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 149 Automatic Application u B 9 If both knobs are pushed in and the brake system air pressure is reduced to approximately 35 psi 249 kPa the trailer air supply A knob automatically pops out applying the emergency or parking brakes on the trailer If the trailer air supply A knob is manually held in and the air pressure is reduced to approximately 30 psi 207 kPa a tripper piston within the valve moves exhausting the trailer air supply applying the trailer brakes Further reduction of air pressure while holding the trailer air supply knob in causes the parking brake knob to pop out at 25 psi 172 kPa Actuation of Trailer Park Emergency or Tractor Bobta
49. People handling brake linings should follow all precautions listed below A WARNING 1 Always wear a respirator approved by the National Institute of Occupational Studies of Health NIOSH or Mine Safety and Appliance MSA during all brake service procedures Wear the respirator from removal of the wheels through assembly 2 Never use compressed air or dry brushing to clean brake parts or assemblies 3 Clean brake parts and assemblies in open air During assembly carefully place all parts on the floor to avoid getting dust in the air Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system to clean dust from the brake drums backing plates and other brake parts After using the vacuum remove any remaining dust with a rag soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry 4 Never use compressed air or dry sweeping to clean the work area Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system and rags soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry Dispose of used rags with care to avoid getting dust in the air Use an approved respirator when emptying vacuum cleaners and handling used rags 5 Worker clean up Wash your hands before eating drinking or smoking Vacuum your work clothes after use and then launder them separately without shaking them to prevent fiber dust getting into the air Your vehicle is equipped with non asbestos brake linings However exposure to excessive amounts of brake material whether asbestos or non a
50. Q x E x Eg E e E g x kd bg A kung A P P e wo N ES x a w gt gt 8 S SE s s S S o 2 9 cr a H d EL s The fuse box is located behind the passenger airbag cover You can access it through the glove box 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 192 Fuses Fuse Relay Fuse Amp 15A 10A Data Link Connector DLC Engine diagnostic connector Parking brake warning 1 Notused Lo mee Radio GEM Power window relay Wiper and washer systems 0 f A itch eT A a 8 a n7 Noted 0 0 0 O 18 5A Dimmer switch Interior lighting Air horn Air suspension dump Two speed axle Driver controlled locking differential Hydraulic brakes relay Fuel heater relay diesel engine only Air dryer Notused sd Left hand low beam headlight A A 5 5 5 5 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuses 193 Allison electronic transmission Mirror fold relay Reayl Interior lamps Relay2 Not used Rely3 Horn Relay4 Not used Relay5 Not used Relay Center The relay center is located along the passenger side A pillar on the right side of the footwell Location POM power VPWR 2 3 and 4 A C compressor clutch Power windows Upfitter relay 1 Upfitter relay 2 Headlights R6 2015 F 6
51. SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 363 Scheduled Maintenance s14 soui05 Joao yoy s1eo ood AIBA IO WA 000007 SATU 000097 LAY asueyp To orouu ss I0 H9 A S14 souroo IAIM Aprenuue 10 WY 00008 samu 00009 AAF asueyp o umo o1jod IOUN DO 000091 sorur 000001 A195 ogueuo Joy OVO SIY SOWOD JaADYITYA PATO JUL DOULUDIUTLW 199p 10 YJUOW L o2uo WY 00097 smu 9000T Aal AO YOY I0 H9 X asueyp lo umo orjod 1o 1dg eue q uo eng 9 9 MPM Jootdg eue q yuo en ac FC GC ACC ES EES Pa pap RU OH re fef ef b bod oe lo um jo d enueur 19 n uo enueur s 10119do uorssrursuer 9g yys omy pue sewo FC ENAA EE E ASIJ seui09 IJAIYITYM sujuour 3914 10 WA Q00cT unp 0008 SOMU 0008 0009 Atoag 1dS uou ouqny jutof dys pue Wm Cem SOW IJBAIYITYM SYJUOU xis 10 W 00007 soru 00097 A T49 9eyeouqnr qurof f reru re e s sr a 9 ER io Foor orr ser err e os vo sy e or CODES Foor fos os o w or o or o or O i o ISI 1990 IJAIYITM SYJUOUL 1o S1939uro py SAW penunuo XTTVANNV YAMA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 364 Wor FAC MYI pue yop Wtaiste TAC PMA 3sneuxq josorq ayeoliqny sepys 193snfpe yeas 9jeoriqn SIOPUT AD YO SIOYLIS Soyoyep sasury 100g sjuouoduro qe
52. The needle should stay in the normal operating range If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and check the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked at an authorized dealer Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator is in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Instrument Cluster 67 WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF Gauge Indicates fluid level in DEF tank Fuel Gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has travelled Trip Computer See General information in the Information Displays chapter Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General information in the Information Displays chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Prin
53. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash WARNING To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 28 Child Safety LATCH LATCH e Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Restraint typ and top only Rear Up to facing 65 Ib child seat 29 kg Rear Over facing 65 Ib child seat 29 Forward facing child seat 29 Forward Over facing 65 Ib child seat 29 kg Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 29 BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of
54. Towing 171 4 Make sure the coupler release lever is in the locked position 5 Charge the trailer brake system Set the trailer brakes with either the hand valve or tractor protection valve Pull against the trailer for an extra check of proper hook up Do not pull hard enough to damage or strain the equipment 6 Set the tractor parking brakes and fully raise the trailer landing gear See the Brakes chapter for proper operation of the parking brake and trailer brakes 7 Check the operation of all trailer lights and correct any lights that may be faulty Un hook Try to keep the tractor and trailer in a straight line Apply the parking brakes Lower the trailer landing gear making sure it is on solid level ground The weight of the trailer is to be on the landing gear Block the trailer wheels Disconnect the brake hoses and light cords Be sure hoses and cords are clear Pull coupler release lever to disengage the fifth wheel jaws Release the tractor parking brakes Pull out from the trailer slowly allowing the landing gear to take the load gradually WRECKER TOWING CNS Qus opor WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury or property damage when manually releasing the spring brakes be sure to block the wheels so the vehicle cannot move once the brakes are released Note Make sure to connect your vehicle securely to the tow vehicle and that the tow vehicle s parking brakes are set before releasing the disa
55. While approaching a steep grade make sure that the exhaust brake switch is in the on position The exhaust brake begins working as soon as you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Before descending a hill or steep grade always select the proper gear If you take the transmission out of gear while descending it is possible that you cannot select another gear because of maximum governed RPM Make sure the engine speed does not exceed the maximum allowable engine RPM Exceeding the maximum allowable engine RPM can result in damage to the engine Apply the service brakes to reduce the engine RPM or make a slower descent by using a lower gear While going down the grade use a low enough gear to descend safely with a minimum application of the service brakes As a general guideline use the same gear as you use to ascend the hill Exhaust Brake Operating Characteristics The exhaust brake turns on when you remove your feet from both the accelerator and clutch pedals and the exhaust brake switch is in the on position The following conditions exist if the brake is operating properly e A slight change in engine sound when the exhaust brake turns on e A smooth braking effect Do not expect a retarding effect similar to sudden hard application of the service brakes e The retarding force possibly felt acting against your body during brake application depending on the grade and vehicle load This force is actually preventing the vehicle
56. X stoxowory oor s o6 cs os sa 02 c9 09 e 0001 X sot ISIH 1990 IJAIPIM SYJUOW 10 S1ojouro pr Team penunuo XTIVONNV HAE YO WA 0002 SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI OO AAO NO HOIAMHS AATAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 377 Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Record Retention and Service Log san UE J aen eu uy ULEWA Pinoys jueuunoop siu IN IO GUUEN JeuMQ Jequnw uoneojmuep 9 9IU8A jueujeoe dsiq euiBu3 ereq HEJS AueueM p102eH eo2ueuajule ejotuaA INOA uo peuuoped seaiwes eoueuejureui sulejs s o4juoo uoissiuie Aug jo sp1o281 dee Pinoys osje noA seoiues eui 104 S d 09 1 JNOA Jo serdoo uge pinoys no peuuoped seores ay Buipjooel 0 uonippe uj eouerueAuoo ANOA JO SI SMOJ O YOIYM WO pJo981 eoueuejureui au NOILN3 H3H QHOO3U ANY S329IAH3S 39NVN3LNIVIA Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus 378 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaere Dearer VALIDATION P amp A
57. also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommended viscosity grade that displays the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines Do not use API S category oils labeled as SN SM SL or previous oil category unless the label also display the API certification mark These oil do not meet all the requirements of your vehicles engine and emissions system Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Engne Enginecoolant 26 0 quarts 24 6L 26 3 quarts 24 9L Quantities listed are approximate Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 270 Capacities and Specifications Transmission Note Capacities may be higher if the vehicle is equipped with a cooler Always check to make sure the fluid level is in the acceptable range Capacity Pints Liters Allison 2000 Series 30 0 14 2 Allison 3000 Series 37 6 17 8 TorqShift six speed 31 0 14 9 5 speed manual 12 5 5 9 6 speed manual 19 5 9 2 7 speed manual 22 0 10 4 Total fluid capacity dry transmission and torque converter Rear Axle Eaton Spicer Axle UAM S135 S 24 5 11 6 48150 S 24 5 11 6 17060S 28 0 13 2 19055T 28 0 13 2 19060S 28 0 13 2 M190T 35 0 17 0 210608 28 0 13 2 21060D 21000 9
58. and engine intentionally shut down key off or in extended idle for one hour 2015 F 650 750 167 Lamps None None None for Emergency Vehicles SE DEF Ss A DEF blinking amp Amber engine solid DEF blinking amp Amber engine solid Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank Allow the system to prime Fuel and Refueling 115 Incorrect DEF Quality Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences Indicator None Condition Correct DEF quality Initial warning when detecting incorrect DEF quality Initial warning one hour after detecting incorrect DEF quality Initial warning three hours after detecting incorrect DEF quality Final vehicle consequence three hours after detecting incorrect DEF quality and engine intentionally shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled Amber engine solid Amber engine Amber engine solid Amber engine solid Z Red engine solidi v 2596 torque reduction Torque reduction increases from 2596 to 4096 at rate of 196 each minute Replace DEF with Ford approved e 2596 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit e 1000 RPM engin
59. and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION REGULATION Regulations such as those issued by the Federal Highway Administration or issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHA and state and local laws and regulations may require additional equipment for the way you intend to use the vehicle It is the responsibility of the registered owner to determine the applicability of such laws and regulations to your intended use for the vehicle and to arrange for the installation of required equipment Your dealer has information about the availability of equipment which may be ordered for your vehicle ENTERING EXITING OR CLIMBING ON THIS VEHICLE WARNING Do not carry items while entering exiting or climbing Make sure you keep a firm grip Always FACE the VEHICLE STEP and HANDLE SYSTEM while climbing up and down Do not climb behind the cab unless you have three point contact with a step and handle system at all times You must be careful and deliberate to minimize the possibility of personal injury from a slip an
60. assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode WARNING Failure to replace the safety belt assembly under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a crash 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 49 Energy Management Feature e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front outboard seating positions to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on crash e The front outboard safety belt systems have a retractor assembly that is designed to pay out webbing in a controlled manner This feature is designed to help reduce the belt force acting on the occupant s chest Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification i
61. beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 238 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Apply a layer of high quality foam cleaner designed for automotive interiors to the dry stained area s of the item you are cleaning and allow soaking for one minute If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring can set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or
62. cap does not hold pressure on the radiator Electrical power supply has Check the battery terminals for diminished corrosion 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 349 Cleaning the wiper blades with a Replace wiper blades clean cloth and mild detergent and washing with a cleaner does not restore a clean wipe when vehicle operating loaded Windshield washers do not spray Check windshield washer fluid During maintenance and repair protect the fuel tube and the hose assemblies power steering lines and brake lines from external heat acids and abrasions that could damage them Check for free linkage action and make sure that return spring force is adequate to maintain pedal free play Adjust repair or replace as required with the same or equivalent parts Emissions Control System WARNING Because of high engine compartment and exhaust system temperatures resulting from emissions equipment do not park idle or operate your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover where the possibility of ground fire exists To make sure the emissions control systems operate effectively you should have the services listed in the maintenance schedule performed at the specified time and mileage intervals You should avoid running out of fuel or turning off the ignition when your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Do not make unauthorized
63. causes heat build up within the tire components This leads to reduced strength breakdown of the rubber compounds and possible separation of the tire components such as ply and tread separation and reduced retreadability Under inflation is the primary cause of premature tire concerns including sudden loss of air In addition low inflation causes an increase in rolling resistance This results in reduced fuel mileage a loss in tread mileage and uneven wear due to increased tread movement To determine proper inflation see the tire manufacturer load and inflation guide which you can find on the tire manufacturer website or at your local truck tire dealer Tire Inspection Check the tires for abnormal wear patterns and proper inflation pressures Repair or replace cut or broken tire casings Inspect tires for the following conditions If any are present remove and repair retread or scrap the tire as the condition dictates e Any blister bump or raised portion anywhere on the surface of the tire tread or sidewall other than a bump made by a repair These indicate the start of internal separation e Any cut that reaches to the belt or ply cords or any cut that is large enough to grow in size and depth e Any nail or puncturing object e Ifa tread groove is holding a stone or object that is starting to drill into the tread base remove the object 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Whe
64. clean damp rag before reassembly Chassis mounted Charge Air Cooler Visually inspect the core assembly for debris and clogging of external fins with the engine off Before engine operation remove any debris blocking the core e Turbocharger to charge air cooler e Charge air cooler to intake manifold pipe e Mounting bracket e Chassis mounted charge air cooler core 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 207 Inspect air intake piping e Check for accumulation of salt deposits where applicable If present disassemble and clean the complete air intake piping system If pitting is evident on the intake piping use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA 30 to seal joints against leakage e Check for loose hoses and clamps e Check for ruptured or collapsed hoses e Check air cleaner housing for cracks Suspension Inspection Note Do not adjust air suspension height to any setting other than the specified setting Altering the height setting changes the driveline angle and may result in unwarrantable component damage such as transmission component damage Verify drive axle air suspension height and height control valve performance at engine oil change intervals Periodically check e Condition of spring leaves for evidence of fatigue bending or breakage e Condition of suspension mounting brackets and bushings e Torque rod mounting fasteners for tightness e For
65. connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc cx tum eo Dare Phone Voice Commands Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following i 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 294 SYNC PHONE Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work OR Call name in office These commands do not require you to say Phone first These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See MENU table below See DIAL table below Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 295 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred 900 nine hundred nine hundred H pound Asterisk Delete deletes one digit Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or pr
66. down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 317 To Access Using Voice Commands Press the voice icon When prompted say Mobile Apps Say the name of the application after the tone The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists or albums BOON Note The system is capable of indexing up to 6 000 songs SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands
67. engine Turn the key to the on position Turn the key to start when the wait to start indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off Gasoline engine Turn the key to start and then release it as soon as the engine starts Engine oil Verify pressure builds to normal operating range pressure Low air pressure A tone indicating low air pressure should sound warning tone if immediately after the engine starts but before equipped with an the compressor has built up pressure The tone air compressor should stop when the air pressure reaches 70 psi 483 kPa or more Let the air pressure build to governed cutout pressure which should occur between 115 130 psi 793 896 kPa Accelerator Press the accelerator and verify that it operates smoothly without any binding or irregular feel Release the pedal and verify the engine returns to idle speed immediately Voltmeter Check the gauge diesel engine or indicator light gasoline engine to verify the alternator is charging 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 16 Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine starting with parking brake applied Steering linkage Inspect for excessive free play in the steering free play linkages The steering wheel should have less than 2 inches 5 centimeters of free play at its rim Full power Pump the brake pedal several times with the hydraulic brake ignition in the off or run position You can insp
68. fe fe foe fo fo eo eo sayerq oinep u JA Yoyo 1epur amp o 19 sepq PEEP EP EET Par aa STIS CRURA ee ee ee ee el ef fe fef fe yoedas ad oseo18 Suueoq oou Pe fe fe fo e fe fe fe fo e ojeouqn spud pol on gurusnq pue urdgupjyuip Seq SEN WOT SurALIp UON os a ve re jar er er 6 9 6 open ove 912 cet 897 rer oct 0001 X SIWO ost cer ozy sot 06 s2 ISI 1990 IJAMPITYM SYJUOW 10 S19 9ULOTLY eat penunuo XTTVONNV FAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHDIH NO lo asueyp ad lo SuLIeaq Ia Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 355 Scheduled Maintenance sreak 1noj 10 Du 000007 Semur 000097 LAY YIVO Ajr9191up S1eo IMO 10 Wy 0000098 SATU 000009 AteAq euourT OU LO IY YJU S I0 LI9 AT Ayyenuue 10 Du 000091 somu 000001 A asueyp ro umo or od ION uni 000097 SETI 000001 AteAg ou IAY IOWA eA19 ut GOULUSIUTCU 129 10 UN 00007 saru 00097 LIAJ PAR YOY IOP oneudu s 0 payteauod jt s1eo vey 10 Dm 000007 SATU 000097 IV oos YIM porm amp 10129 jr unt 000008 satt 000009 IV ofueup ro oNeyyUds 199rdg eueq uoqeng T9 9 Yoyo fenueui Jo m q u0 e7 uoN onauju s 0 pe1roAuoo jt UL 000007 SEU 000097 IV oneudu s ura pormg 41032 jr UNF 000008 SOFU 000008 IV a8ueyo qo orjouu s penueur 19m q uojegg oe pro umo orjod enweu 19 q U0 e7 Tenu ur sJ0 e19dOo uoIssTuIsue1 99g
69. feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired media device Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Press OK to select This is a speed dependent feature 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 327 Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select Prompts Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC
70. filter restriction gauge Engine oil level Engine coolant level Brake System Air brake reservoir automatic drain valve Drain the air brake reservoir manual valve Visually check for fluid leakage Steering System Power steering fluid level System for evidence of fluid leaks 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 346 Scheduled Maintenance Daily Owner Checks U S Department Service brakes and parking brake of Transportation Federal Highway Lighting devices and reflectors Administration res even gor the Windshield wipers Sieg functioning Wheel d properly eels an rims Emergency equipment Every Oil Change Inspect engine cooling system hoses clamps and protection Inspect drive belt s Exhaust System Inspect entire exhaust system including the inlet pipe s muffler s outlet pipe s clamps and fasteners for holes leakage breakage corrosive damage and separation from other components Adjust service or replace with the same or the equivalent part Also a noise emission control service m o specified torque Rear Axle and roller inspection holes Lubricate the rear caliper slide rails air brakes only Inspect the disc brake pads and the piston boots hydraulic brakes only 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 347 Every Oil Change Clutch Lubricate the clutch release
71. for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e It may be necessary to have an authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 e A coolant concentration of 60 provides improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e It may be necessary to have an authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 e A coolant concentration of 40 provides improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 decrease the corrosion and freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If Equipped Gasoline Engine Only WARNING If fail safe cooling activates pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn the engine off The engine may automatically shut off while driving without further indication If the engine coolant supply is very low this feature allows you to drive your vehicle temporarily before incremental component damage occurs The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If t
72. from going much faster e Engine temperature remaining in the normal operating range 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 145 e The tachometer showing a drop in engine RPM depending on grade and vehicle load during a descent e A decrease in road speed when applying the exhaust brake during a descent except when your vehicle is carrying a heavy load or the grade is extremely steep In these instances you may need to apply the service brakes occasionally TRAILER BRAKES Trailer Brake Hand Control If Equipped WARNING The hand control should never be used to apply the brakes when the tractor and trailer are parked unattended Air may leak from the system and the vehicle could possibly move resulting in possible property damage personal injury or death The hand control is located on the right hand side of the instrument panel It applies the trailer service brakes which are independent of the truck or tractor service brakes 4 A It operates a valve that provides gradual control of air pressure applied When the valve is only partially applied you can override the trailer brakes by pressing fully on the brake pedal To apply the trailer brakes using the hand control move the lever downward The further you push the lever down the greater the air pressure is applied to the brakes The lever remains in place until manually moved To release the trailer brakes
73. hear a brief sampling of radio stations CD tracks or MP3 files e In CD and MP3 modes press and release to display track title artist name and disc title Note In text mode sometimes the display requires additional text to show When the lt gt indicator is on press TEXT and then use the SEEK buttons to view the additional display text P AM FM Press this button to select a frequency band Q VOL PUSH e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume R CD Press this button to enter CD or MP3 mode AUXILIARY INPUT JACK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 282 Audio System WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Ha
74. icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 312 SYNC Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Gum Cobh Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only wit
75. immediately 100 Starting and Stopping the Engine EEN Instrument cluster lamp s illuminates or flashes when operator B assistance is required In addition engine performance becomes increasingly limited above Level 1 At Levels 1 and 2 the operator can take two courses of action to facilitate filter regeneration 1 Drive your vehicle on the highway at highway speeds 2 Perform a parked regeneration by following the steps in Parked regeneration At Level 3 performing a parked regeneration is the only available course of action short of professional servicing available to the operator for regenerating the filter At Level 4 professional servicing is the only way to regenerate the filter Parked Regeneration WARNING When performing the parked regeneration procedure make certain the vehicle is safely off the roadway and the exhaust system is away from people or any flammable materials vapors or structures Engine speed may increase during parked regeneration Note Parked regeneration is only available when the DPF lamp on the instrument cluster is illuminated solid or flashing 1 Bring your vehicle to a complete stop on level ground and safely off the road with the exhaust system away from people flammable materials vapors or structures Ford recommends that you perform a walk around before beginning a parked regeneration 2 If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission and a steering col
76. in personal injury Use only a DOT 3 brake fluid designed to meet manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter During normal operation the fluid level in the clutch reservoir should remain constant If the fluid level drops fill to the step in the reservoir 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 222 Maintenance Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off Open the hood Clean the reservoir cap before removal to prevent dirt and water from entering the reservoir Remove cap and rubber diaphragm from reservoir Add fluid if necessary until it reaches the step in the reservoir 6 Reinstall rubber diaphragm and cap onto reservoir See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for service intervals Clutch Linkage Lubricate the clutch linkage using the following procedure Use a grease that meets manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter Transmission and clutch removed for clarity 1 Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off 2 Remove the inspection cover from the clutch housing 3 Lubricate the clutch release bearing one location and the clutch release shaft two locations grease fittings with a grease gun 4 Lubricate the clutch release wear pads two locations where they contact the clutch release bearing with a brush or similar tool 5 Reinsta
77. in the interval after tire removal or Wheels amd Tires chapter replacement At least twice annually Clean body and door drain holes Clean windshield wiper blades 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 348 Scheduled Maintenance Observation Insufficient power shown in loaded Inspect the automatic slack Subpar vehicle handling qualities Check the operation of the brakes clutch and steering Excessive noise from under the Inspect your vehicle for missing cab or engine compartment damaged or mislocated noise shields Excessive engine noise Check the engine performance and the engine governor Engine overheats excessive fan Inspect the fan fan shroud and fan noise fan constantly runs at high clutch speed or wobbles due to worn bearings Excessive exhaust noise you smell Inspect the entire exhaust system exhaust fumes for holes leaks breakage looseness and corrosive damage Excessive engine compartment Inspect the engine air induction noise system including air ducts and air filter for loose damaged or missing components Poor steering wandering Check front end alignment inspect excessive tire wear the tires and tire pressure Vibration or abnormal tire wear indicating imbalance Hard shifting or excessive vibration mountings High effort to shift noisy transmission controls Insufficient full throttle power backfiring Radiator
78. log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 290 SYNC USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the us display Say any of the following If you want
79. may occur It takes you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Charging System It illuminates when the 12 volt battery is not charging properly Cd Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Check Fuel Cap gasoline engine only FE it illuminates when you may not have installed the fuel cap E properly Continued driving with this light on may cause the service engine soon warning indicator to come on Check Suspension It illuminates when you press the air suspension dump switch SUSP Check Transmission Allison automatic transmission only It illuminates while driving if a transmission problem exists shifting may be restricted Depending on the severity of the problem the shifter s digital read out may turn blank On MD 3000 series transmissions operation may continue in order to reach service assistance The control unit may not respond to shift selector requests since there are operating limitations on the transmission such as upshift and downshift restrictions Direction changes do not occur Cruise Control It illuminates when you switch this feature on 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 72 Instrument Cluster Diesel Exhaust Fluid d
80. note the following e Power is transmitted to the opposite wheel should one of the wheels begin to slip e Both wheels must be raised off the ground should it be necessary to operate one wheel with your vehicle stationary Driver controlled Differential Lock Note Never use the differential lock at vehicle speeds above 25 mph 40 km h Some drive axles have a driver controlled differential lock The differential lock can lock or unlock the differential when your vehicle is moving or stopped When extra traction is required the differential lock provides full power to both axles When you lock the differential your vehicle s turning radius increases under steer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 136 Transmission You can lock and unlock the differential when your vehicle is moving at a constant speed of less than 25 mph 40 km h and while the wheels are not slipping Do not lock the differential when your vehicle is traveling down steep grades and traction is minimal The differential lock and differential lock light automatically disengage at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h The differential lock remains off until either you restart your vehicle or you turn the differential lock switch off then back on Turn the engine off and raise all drive wheels of the locker differential axle in order to prevent your vehicle from moving when servicing the wheels tires or brakes Axles equipped
81. or other air restrictive devices mounted in front of the radiator on vehicles with chassis mounted charge air coolers unless extremely cold weather conditions exist Airflow restriction can cause high exhaust temperatures power loss excessive fan usage and a reduction in fuel economy If you must use a winter front the device should have a permanent opening of at least 120 square inches 774 square centimeters directly in line with the fan hub For best engine operation in temperatures of 32 F 0 C or lower e Make sure the batteries are the correct type and are fully charged Check other electrical components to make sure they are in optimum condition e Use a permanent type engine coolant to protect the engine against damage from freezing e If your vehicle is equipped with a water fuel separator drain it daily Fill the fuel tank at the end of daily operation to prevent condensation in the fuel system e Use the proper engine oil and maintain it at its proper level e At temperatures of 4 F 20 C or below it is recommended that you use a crankcase mounted coolant heater to improve cold engine starting e If operating in arctic temperatures of 20 F 29 C or lower consult your truck dealer for information about special cold weather equipment and precautions 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 162 Driving Aids Hot Weather e Use a permanent type engine coolant to protect
82. polish on wheels and wheel covers A clearcoat paint finish coats aluminum wheels and wheel covers In order to maintain their condition e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers e Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This reduces the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period 80 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under variou
83. proper suspension alignment Maintain proper alignment at all times e U bolts After the chassis has been operating under load for 1000 miles 1600 kilometers or six months whichever comes first the U bolt nuts must be re torqued Re torque the U bolt nuts every 36000 miles 60000 kilometers thereafter Clean and lubricate the U bolt and nut threads and seats to make sure a like new condition when re torqueing Note See Spring U bolt check later in this chapter Supporting Your Vehicle for Service WARNING Do not use a jack when working under a vehicle It may give way causing the vehicle to fall and result in property damage personal injury or death Always use floor stands to support the vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 208 Maintenance Prepare your vehicle for service repairs by doing the following 1 Park your vehicle on a level concrete floor 2 Set the parking brake and block the wheels to prevent your vehicle from moving 3 Select a jack with a rated capacity sufficient to lift and hold up your vehicle 4 Raise your vehicle with the jack applied to the axle s Do not use the bumper as a lifting point 5 Support your vehicle with floor stands under the axle s When servicing the axle or the suspension support your vehicle with floor stands under the frame side members preferably between the axles Frame and Tow Hooks Your vehicle s chassis is manufac
84. pue orjeuro 0001 X sxojouropry SA SINIIO 19A9WOTUA SYJUOW 10 SJ939uro D satt penunuo XTTVONNV YAMAA AO WA 00078 SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO AOIAAAS TATAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 372 sinou ourguo ogg KroA9 pooe del oq ppous Jo pue lO eut8uo oy ompouos Jo odd sty UJ pepueulruio29J sr SINOY ourguo uo poseq o pauos JI YM js1xo asn reuorejs 10 uorye1odo poods Ao se YONS SUOT IPUOD sso un o npouos eurrou y 9AI9sqo pinous se8ueuo Jel pue ro sulsue y sugu eutposes e YIM peddrmbo st o orqaA 1no amp JJ 930N woyscs AC yet pue xoour wo skg AAA PMLA sneyxg posorq prr r r er T TS WE le E e e ojeouqn sropur4o xoo s1oxujs souo1e seSury 100q sjuouoduro qe og zc ve ie er jer jer e 9 8 mme os c vo os sp or ce vc 9T 0001 X sioyourory os er or ee og ec oc er OT mt x somn ISIH s1n320 IJAIPIM SYJUOW 10 S1o3ouro pr S N penunuo XTTVANNV THAI YO WA 000ZE SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI AVOA JAO NO HOIAMHS HHHAUS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 373 Scheduled Maintenance ubt 000091 SOTA 000007 ISeT ou ur pooe do jou jt unt NOOOFS sot OOOOST 1e ede doy um 000761 Sot 00007 T pue OO 000091 Serur 0000017 W
85. purposes of maintenance repair or replacement of any device or element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use or 2 the use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any person Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the following acts listed Vehicle System Acoustical shielding Removal of noise shields hood blanket tunnel liner or acoustical absorptive material Removal or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications Removal of engine mounted noise shield or oil pan enclosure Engine air induction Removal of the air duct silencer air cleaner and or air cleaner element and baffle in air cleaner re indexing of air cleaner Exhaust Removal or rendering inoperative exhaust system components including the catalytic converter muffler assembly inlet pipe outlet pipe resonator and flex pipe Rotation of horizontal exhaust system directional outlet pipe to cause the exhaust to be emitted in a direction other than the orientation your vehicle was originally produced with 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 351 Vehicle System Engine cooling Removal or rendering inoperative the fan clutch Removal or modi
86. replace them with the recommended parts Check for mechanical isolations Transmission Enclosure Inspect for cracks holes and tears Clean any deposits such as oil dirt and stones Exhaust System e Inspect for leaks at various joint connections and loose clamps e Perform a visual inspection for cracks or holes in the muffler and tail pipe Always use the recommended replacement parts Do not change the tail pipe elbow or offset tail pipe orientation from the standard position as originally received e To avoid abnormal changes in vehicle sound levels it is necessary for the owner to perform inspections and necessary maintenance at the intervals shown in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 124 Transmission MANUAL TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED You can see the manual transmission shift patterns on either the shift lever knob or the sun visor Study this information carefully before you drive your vehicle even though you may be familiar with similar units Do not attempt to drive your vehicle without knowing the exact shift pattern of the transmission Consult an authorized dealer if any questions exist as to the shifting instructions posted in your vehicle Driving Hints WARNING Do not coast the vehicle with the clutch pedal pressed or with the transmission in neutral This practice could result in loss of vehicle control The following dri
87. requires you to say Call contacts may be J A K E saved in CAPS 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 335 AppLink issues cause s SYNC does not e Your device find any mobile may not support apps that are on the AppLink my phone feature OR e The application does not support AppLink OR e If you have an iPhone it may not be plugged in OR e Your phone may not be paired or connected 2015 F 650 750 167 e Check the website for compatible devices and applications e Make sure your device is paired and connected If you have an iPhone make sure it is plugged in using the USB and that the application is running in the foreground Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 336 Appendices GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interfa
88. service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 309 Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 2 4 Press the voice button When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose ON ed to return to the services main menu or for help say 13 e p Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu Qv XI 6 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list
89. shaft slightly to align the gear spline teeth with the shift collar teeth in order to remove the axle shaft Installing the Axle Shafts 1 Remove the covers from the wheel ends 2 Shift the differential lock to the unlocked disengaged position 3 Install the axle shafts Place the gaskets on the wheel hub studs Push the right hand axle shaft and gasket into the wheel end and housing until the shaft stops against the differential shift collar Push down and in on the axle shaft flange and rotate the shaft until the splines of the shaft and shift collar are engaged Push the axle shaft further into the housing until the shaft stops against the differential side gear Push down on the axle shaft flange and rotate the shaft until the splines of the shaft and side gear engage Push the axle shaft completely into the housing until the axle shaft flange and the gasket are flush against the wheel hub Install the left hand axle shaft and gasket into the wheel end 4 If tapered dowels are required install them at each stud and into the flange of the axle shaft Use a punch or drift and hammer if needed 5 Install the fasteners and tighten to correct torque value See the Workshop Manual 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Driving Hints 175 BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unique
90. socket pin 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuses 189 IMIS SLE Puse Acn Protected Circuits Location Rating EH E Windshield washer relay Washer pump motor Brake warning switch hydraulic brake vehicles only 6 20A Up tter switches AUX 1 and AUX3 8 20A DEF Urea line heaters diesel engine only 9 20A egen switch Starter cutoff 15 jNeued 0 0 000 17 JNeued engine only engine only engine only ERLE engine only 23 Nouse GC ees gasoline engine only 1 eee m Hydraulic brakes module hydraulic brake vehicles no nsu EC 102 20A Wegen switch 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 190 Fuses DUCES ER Protected Circuits Location Rating 103 Ignition switch Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 19 29 and 30 4 5 6 7 8 Power door lock switches Main light switch Multi function switch Fuel heater diesel engine only Fuel pump module gasoline engine only Windshield wiper Ignition switch Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 8 9 10 and 11 Left Right turn relays Back up lamp relay Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 1 2 3 4 12 13 14 and 15 Stop lamps Hydraulic brake vehicles trailer tow package only 2 Heated seats Air Ride seat A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 20A 20A
91. the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE
92. the base of the windshield Cooling the interior quickly 1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting initially and then adjust it to suit the desired comfort level 2 Adjust the temperature control to the lowest temperature setting 3 Adjust the air distribution control to the MAX A C position 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Climate Control 81 Recommended settings for cooling e Adjust the air distribution control to the A C position If your vehicle is stationary for extended periods during extreme high ambient temperatures e Select the MAX A C position Gas engines If your vehicle is stationary for long periods of time in high ambient temperature conditions your climate control system may automatically switch from fresh air mode to recirculation mode This is normal system operation as it provides protection of the air conditioning compressor and related parts It is recommended that you allow the system to remain in this mode if it has switched The system reverts back to fresh air mode when conditions allow For maximum cooling performance turn the air distribution control to MAX A C To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select Panel Floor Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to
93. the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 30 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position
94. the palm release lever A on the parking brake handle B and push down as far as possible to release the brake Driving with the parking brake on causes the brakes to wear out quickly and reduces fuel economy We recommend you not use the parking brake to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail you can use the parking brake to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake only applies retardation to the rear wheels the vehicle s stopping distance increases greatly and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 151 Power Park Hydraulic Brake Vehicles Only This feature uses a brake chamber mounted on the chassis to power a spring applied hydraulically released driveline parking brake The park brake dash mounted yellow knob type switch controls the Power Park Brake The switch has three positions apply out neutral central and release in The switch is spring loaded to return to the neutral central position after pushing or pulling it Q There is no visual indication at the knob that the parking brake is applied or released check the instrument cluster If the light is illuminated the parking brake is applied Applying the Parking Brake Pull the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob The parking brake light illuminates indicating that the parking brake has been successfully set N
95. to disengage in a crash which may result in possible personal injury Note If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler cap designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a quarter turn on and off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise until it spins off 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 To install the cap align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the filler pipe 5 Turn the filler cap clockwise a V4 turn until it clicks at least once If the check fuel cap light appears in the instrument cluster and stays on after you start the engine you not have installed the fuel filler cap properly If the fuel cap light remains on at the next opportunity safely pull off the road remove the fuel filler cap align the cap properly and reinstall it The check fuel cap light may not reset immediately it may take several driving cycles for the indicators to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by normal city and highway driving 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 111 FUEL CONSUMPTION
96. to pass 58 Headlamps 58 instrument panel dimming 59 AMINE oresoao es ipni 231 interior lamps 60 61 bulb specifications 233 replacing bulbs 231 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 384 Index Lane change indicator Phone Bluetooth menu options see Turn signal oiii 60 ees Ge deleting m urning on off wo eee LATCH anchors e i wee s e Phone redial 298 lg Se b s and indicator Playing music by artist Load Tote 3 ert 166 album genre playlist tracks Locks SUMMA araoe othe ate tars Child ProOk 25 its 42 Power distribution box Wd GOES ee 55 see Fuses sesser 188 Lubricant specifications 256 Power door locks 55 Lumbar support seats 87 Power mirrors sssss 63 Powerpoint sessssess 93 M Power steering 162 205 fluid checking and adding 223 Manual transmission 124 fluid refill capacity 269 lubricant specifications 256 fluid specifications 256 Media Bluetooth menu options Power Windows 61 adding connecting deleting Privacy information 289 turning on off 2 eee 326 Putting a call on off hold 296 Message center ssss 76 warning messages
97. to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a phone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 306 SYNC If you select Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on o
98. uox oulsua sat 1opuojxo ppe JUL OOD af Ud XY uUIsUd asaIpP YJsUeI s LOPIYUT uorso L102 uorjepuourio59 JoJnjoepnueur 99g oAnjrppe pue uoro9j01d oz99JJ YoYo juepooo out uonerueouoo pue AAV YY jue 009 SYJUOUT xis 10 wy 0008 serur 0009 ant eutguo auroseg au Jam pue lo 9 UOTjepuauru291 s 194njoegueur og Lou osorp au Jam pue lo 9 SE SECHER s sr a 9 ER REECH For Pwr ser err e os vo sy ze or CODES Foor fos os oz w or or or o or O i o DS 1990 IJAIYITM SYJUOUL I0 S1939uro py SAW XTIVONNV JAMAA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 362 os 091 001 e e Fri ser 06 08 ejeouqnr eas jndjno Sy gg 1e28 SUIS 9jeorqnj 3urof dips squrol uumqoo 8uri9o1S PAI YOoY pmi SULIIE S 1JoMoq asueyp Dm Suteejs IaMog jueurooe do1 Jo SULIIe S I9MOq soxe1q omnexpAu ayeouqny o8exurp 1oA9 IO oxe1q SUMEA TeA9 YOoyO addy lO SuLIeaq oou lo asueyp od lo Surreoq oou Xoedai d osea18 SurTeoq aal ajeouqn spuo pol on gungsnq pue tc 8e3q e Xy juod SurALIp UON Ere RT EEG EL ERE RC EGET ITE ert 96 os vo sr ze ot 0001 X ago o oo ros jor os j oc or om X sem asy 1990 IJAIPITYM SYJUOW 10 s1939uro pr sau penuguo XTTVANNV YAMA YO WA 00096
99. visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 106 Fuel and Refueling Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction CHOOSING THE RIGHT FUEL Note Do not add after market fuel additive products to your fuel tank We recommend that you use only high quality fuel without after market additives
100. with the brake pedal pressed Note During normal driving you may hear the pump and motors replenishing the accumulators This is a normal function of the system 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 141 AIR BRAKES After starting the engine give the air compressor time to build up the air pressure to 60 psi 414 kPa before moving your vehicle WARNING Do not drive or continue to drive if the low air pressure buzzer is sounding or the brake warning light is lit These warnings indicate that air pressure is not to normal operating level Continued use of the vehicle could result in loss of braking ability WARNING Avoid repeated light application of the brake pedal This depletes air pressure faster and could result in loss of braking capability _ Periodically check the air pressure ae gauge while driving Pressure should L P m Pn range between approximately P Om 100 125 psi 690 862 kPa The air E SF compressor governor cut in and 30 p gt V cutout pressure settings are set at E me the factory and are not adjustable 4 iso AIR PRESSURE When air pressure is insufficient below 60 psi 414 kPa a DOE warning light illuminates and a buzzer sounds when the ignition is in the on position This may happen because excessive brake applications are depleting the system air pressure If this condition occurs stop driving your vehicle until the compressor has fully rech
101. you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are ut
102. 015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Load Carrying 165 LOAD LIMIT WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Every vehicle manufactured by Ford Motor Company is supplied with information on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on either the B pillar or the driver s door edge listing the maximum loading for the vehicle GVWR and its axle systems GAWR at the tire to ground interface A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP GJP FRONT GJP REAR VIN 33000 LB AJN 12000 LB AIN 21000 LB R v 14969 KG ple 543 KG ale 2525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 2006 UE IE WAN VIN BARCODE HERE IIT IIIT Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX
103. 015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 153 If you release hydraulic pressure from the spring brake chamber the power spring applies the brake and unless hydraulic pressure can be re established you must release the spring brake as follows in order to move your vehicle A Loosen the jam nut A and un thread the adjustment rod B from the chamber to reduce tension on the cable C Continue to un thread the adjustment rod all the way and remove it from the chamber The nut and shaft are metric Air Brakes AN WARNING Do not use the gearshift selector in place of the parking brake unexpected and possible sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Always set the parking brake fully AND make sure the gearshift selector is in position R for vehicles equipped with manual transmission or position N except Allison 2200 transmission or P Allison 2200 transmission for vehicles with automatic transmission If the service brakes should fail to operate while your vehicle is moving you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake Since the parking brake only applies stopping power to the rear wheels your vehicle s stopping distance greatly increases and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected Make repairs immediately to an inoperative air brake system circuit 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 15
104. 14 USA fus 292 SYNC e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Blu
105. 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 286 Audio System Radio display Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected category are to turn off the Lock or either skipped or Skip function on that locked station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 287 LIA Am SNC Powered by Microsoft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to e Make and receive calls e Access and play music from your portable music player e Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information if equipped e Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Gf applicable e Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands e Stream music from your connected phone e Text message e Use the advanced voice recognition system e USB device charging if your device supports this 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 288 SYNC GENERAL INFORMATION Make su
106. 4 Brakes WARNING This control is used for parking only Do not leave the vehicle unattended after setting the parking brake without placing the transmission inposition R for vehicles equipped with manual transmission or position N except Allison 2200 transmission or P Allison 2200 transmission for vehicles with automatic transmission Use of wheel chocks is also recommended in hilly or off road usage Pull the yellow parking brake knob out to apply the parking brake Push the knob in to release the parking brake The parking brake light illuminates and remains illuminated Q when you switch the ignition to the on position until you release the parking brake Releasing Spring Brake with Air Pressure The air system in all vehicles with spring actuated rear wheel parking brakes is equipped with a tank valve located on the supply or service air tank for connection to an outside air supply The valve lets you recharge the system with air from an outside source releasing the spring actuated parking brakes Your vehicle is now ready to tow in an emergency You can only use an outside air source if the protected system is in operating condition If you cannot restore air pressure in the protected air system you must release the spring actuated brakes manually Releasing Spring Manually WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble the parking brake chamber under any circumstances The high spring load may cause serious injury if the cha
107. 5 mph engine intentionally shut 8 km h vehicle down or in extended idle speed limit 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 122 Fuel and Refueling If any of these warnings appear you must purge the contaminated DEF and replace it with approved DEF See an authorized dealer or the Workshop Manual Upon filling the DEF tank after a DEF contaminated warning normal operation resumes when you restart your vehicle DEF Guidelines and Information DEF is non flammable non toxic colorless and water soluble Use only DEF that carries the trademark AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE CERTIFIED DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID An ammonia odor may be smelled when the cap is removed or during a refill Refill the DEF tank in a well ventilated area Before filling the tank make sure the surrounding area is clean of debris to prevent contamination Do not dilute DEF with water or any other liquid Do not put DEF in the fuel tank or any other tank on your vehicle Do not re use the nozzle or the DEF container once it is empty Do not overfill the DEF tank Avoid spilling DEF on painted surfaces carpeting or plastic components Immediately wipe away any DEF that has spilled on painted surfaces with a damp cloth and water If it has already crystallized use warm water and a sponge DEF freezes below 12 F 11 C Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic pre heating system which allows the DEF system to operat
108. 50 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 301 Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you wou
109. 50 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 194 Fuses Relay Relay Description al R8 Cummins starter lockout starter lockout RO Lp terzckr 3 m s Selective Catalyst Reduction SCR system NOx diesel engine only R2 Rum R22 Doorunck o 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuses 195 Trailer Tow Relays If Equipped Location Rating brake vehicles only 5 JNetued 0 KE NE nee brake vehicles only R2 Trailer tow marker lamp rely R3 Trailer tow stop lamp rely R4 Trailer tow tail lamp rden R5 Noetusd D Netusd Trailer tow left tum lamp relay Trailer tow right tum lamp relay _ 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 196 Fuses Inline Fuses Your vehicle may have several inline fuses located in or on the battery cables located in the battery box depending on application e All vehicles equipped with an Allison transmission have a 10 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box e All vehicles have a 30 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box e All vehicles equipped with hydraulic brakes have a 40 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box In addition another 30 amp fuse is located in a fu
110. 525 Single reduction 28 0 18 2 driver controlled locking differential M210T 21000 9525 16 0 33 0 230908 23000 10432 Single reduction 39 0 18 5 23090D 23000 10432 Single reduction 39 0 18 5 driver controlled locking differential 23082T 23000 10432 37 0 17 5 Quantities listed are approximate Fill the axle until the lubricant level is at the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on level ground When removing the hubs add an additional 1 6 pints 0 75 liters of axle lubricant Add lubricant through the axle vent 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 271 Meritor Axle Model RS 17 140 RS 17 144 RS 17 145 RS 17 220 Oil capacities are for standard track axles measured at various common drive pinion angles The quantities listed include enough oil for both wheel ends These capacities change if the track or the drive pinion angle is different Power Steering Note Capacities may be higher if the vehicle is equipped with a cooler Always check to make sure the fluid level is in the acceptable range TAS40 17 6 8 3 TAS66 18 4 8 7 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 272 Capacities and Specifications Air Conditioner Refrigerant WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigera
111. 53 see Climate control no 79 seat belt maintenance 53 T 300 warning light and chime 50 51 ext INESSALING co isoscescceseersenssisaes Text messaging sending Safety restraints LATCH downloading deleting 300 302 ele EE 38 Tilt steeri heel 56 ring wheel Safety seats for children 26 32 AU MUN cuis C omua dE 243 Certification Label Du OU fe E e d Seat belts wrecker os IT a quatum SS Traction Conttol s 156 Seats child safety seats 26 32 an S irections and 308 TrORUSG308 c onde eq sse ies 87 eet heated caia Eeer ees 91 T FASIQUSSIOB Les eee tees 124 127 tomatic operation 127 Selecting your media source au SS USB Line in BT audio 321 hug e ont nite a128 Setting the clock 278 279 automatic onssa 215 Spark plugs fluid checking and adding specifications 255 273 Gnana 5 5 etie uos 218 Specificati h fluid refill capacities 269 1 ESCH ication chart 256 lubricant specifications 256 lege ak manual operation 194 Starting your vehicle 95 97 Jump GAPE eege 179 Turn signal 2s cesses m 60 elsi dia RE 205 U Steeri heel i2 enne 56 inis ee cO 56 Upfitter controls sss 164 IUNE saiae 56 UREA 2 ceto ree re ret 112 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 386 Inde
112. 58 dip 211 replacing E 331 ngine Ol turni e RE 58 checking and adding ae dipstick ossi 210 Headrestraints 83 filter specifications 249 Heating Reeg 79 refill capacities 269 specifications esaa eetan 256 HOO idee ires 208 Exhaust fumes 96 I F grillo iu eerte 95 255 Fail safe cooling 214 E SEH Md SR nstrument pane Fan Engine Cooling 22 cleaning iore tenes 238 Filter CIUSDGE irse eret et ERE 70 MDG li ccce Erie epu 224 lighting up panel and Fuel IDUGEIOE co oer or Re E E 59 Cap usse diedet te ERE ag 110 CAPACILY ceo exse ELAS 269 J filler funnel 108 Sg filling your vehicle with fuel 110 Joining two calls octane rating 108 255 Gmultiparty conference call 296 GIE 106 Jump starting your vehicle 179 running out of fuel 108 safety information relating to K automotive fuels 105 FUSES eeeees 187 188 196 Keys ee positions of the ignition 95 G L Gas cap see Fuel cap 110 Lamps enne n 58 Gauges 66 68 bulb replacement specifications chart 233 H daytime running light 59 headlamps sese 58 Hazard flashers 178 headlamps flash
113. 7 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 221 BRAKE FLUID CHECK WARNING Brake fluid is toxic If brake fluid contacts the eyes flush eyes with running water for 15 minutes Seek medical attention if irritation persists If taken internally drink water and induce vomiting Seek medical attention immediately WARNING If you use a brake fluid that is not DOT 3 you will cause permanent damage to your brakes WARNING Do not let the reservoir for the master cylinder run dry This may cause the brakes to fail Check and refill the Full Power brake fluid reservoir using the following procedure See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the service interval 1 Clean the reservoir caps before removal to prevent dirt or water from entering the reservoir 2 Visually inspect the fluid level It should be at the bottom of the fill ports 3 Add brake fluid if necessary from a clean unopened container until the level reaches the bottom of the fill ports Do not fill above this line Only use a DOT 3 brake fluid certified to meet manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter CLUTCH FLUID AND LINKAGE Clutch Fluid WARNING Carefully read cautionary information on product label For MEDICAL EMERGENCY INFORMATION contact a physician or Poison Control Center immediately on Ford Motorcraft products call 1 800 959 3673 FORD Failure to follow these instructions may result
114. AP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find diesel fuel If you cannot find diesel fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Customer Assistance 185 The use of low quality diesel fuel may affect your emissions control system and may cause engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel In the United States using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S Ford dealerships outside of the U S and Canada may be unable to support the F 650 750 due to the specialized training and servicing requirements of these vehicles If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central or South America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest Ford dealership If the dealership cannot help you write or cal
115. ARR Reds Power steering fluid check Fuel flet ccu eek Ran e Xue EEG XOU EM hae ERU eee eek aS Washer fluid Check s sek o PUR eR n Changing the vehicle batter Checking the wiper blades Changing the wiper blades 000000 eee eee JE TIGERS acu md e RR Bes EUR adh AIRE pan Gn ei Gea AE ee Adjusting the headlamps ror lille Changing a OULD cis sns dg aie urere chante iud Ue adi LE aod Bulb specification chart iul 6044 E44 e eX eu 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Table of Contents 5 Vehicle Care 234 Cleaning Products a Hoa Xa rA RA X ee Legs 234 Cleaning the exteriO dew c kw pA ERU RPG RETO 234 WAXING ze deiode OS PN MM Se e p e A a 236 Repairing minor paint damage leen 236 Cleaning the engine s isse d xL pue a RU E eh EE ES 237 Cleaning the windows and wiper Daddes 237 Cleaning the interior ud renke ed e dod CEA oe Ca 238 Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument cluster lens 238 Cleaning leather geate o AE be ek REPRE dae US E Rx 239 Cleaning the alloy wheels EE PREX bie es 240 Vehicle StOFage kis Dx eR EG A E EY RE ORES ES 240 Wheels and Tires 243 Tire information 00 rrr 243 Wheel lug nut torque 2 sw 92ee 944 9m dx RE e wx 254 Capacities and Specifications 255 Engine drivebelt sace bee RT RRS erstens De REG 255 Lubricant specifications 256 Refill capacities 269 Part MUMbers 6 cei m tad
116. Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 297 Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 298 SYNC Accessing Features through the Phone Menu The SYNC phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book
117. DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Appendices 341 Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End user notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety i
118. F into the exhaust system to enable proper SCR function Importance of Maintaining the DEF Level In order for the SCR system to operate properly you must maintain the DEF level Generally you should fill the DEF tank before the DEF gauge in the instrument cluster reaches the first low level warning see Warning messages and vehicle operations The engine control unit monitors the amount of fluid available in the DEF tank Failure to maintain an adequate amount of DEF in the system generates warning messages that appear in the information display and unless you refill the DEF tank leads to a forced reduction of engine operations Warning Messages and Vehicle Operations The instrument cluster contains a DEF gauge and indicator lights to alert you to any low DEF level conditions The indicator lights illuminate if the DEF gauge level drops below 1 0 gallon 3 8 liters in the 5 gallon 19 0 liters DEF tank or 2 gallons 7 6 liters in the 10 gallon 34 0 liters DEF tank Upon filling the DEF tank after a low level warning normal operation resumes when you restart your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 113 Continued driving without refilling results in the following actions as required by the U S Environmental Protection Agency EPA Low DEF Level Warning Go Joonegnence and Vehicle CONI DEF Tank Level Above initial warning threshold Over 2096
119. FO button repeatedly to cycle through the following features Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional TRIP A B MILES km TO E AVG MPG L 100 km TIMER BLANK SCREEN 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Information Displays 77 e TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press and release the INFO button until the A or B trip appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press the RESET button to reset See System check and vehicle feature customization later in this section to switch the display from metric to English e MILES KILOMETERS TO E This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to detect the added fuel correctly The distance to empty calculation uses a running average fuel economy based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 kilometers This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy resets to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected e AVG MPG L 100 km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km e TIMER Displays the trip elapsed drive time Press and release RESET to pause the timer Press and hold RESET to reset the timer
120. G LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an audible warning sounds if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 51 Conditions of Operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position SAFETY BELT MINDERG This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The driver s safety belt is The Belt Minder feature does not buckled before the ignition activate switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s safety belt is not The Belt Minder feature is activated buckled when the vehicle has the safety belt wa
121. Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 227 6 Release the parking brake With your foot on the brake pedal and with the air conditioning on put the transmission in position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Note Not allowing the engine to relearn the idle trim may adversely affect the idle quality of your vehicle until the engine eventually relearns the idle trim 7 Drive your vehicle to complete the relearning process If you disconnect the battery or install a new battery you have to reset the clock and radio settings after reconnecting the battery Always dispose of automotive S Cl f i S batteries in a responsible manner Ki Y Follow your local authorized t standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade S to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 228 Maintenance CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 To remove the wiper blade pull A the wiper arm away from your NSW vehicle Pry open the lock cover y B A with your thumb to release V the blade n Press the retaining clip to disengage the wiper blad
122. IUOS SuiddujsJouq1eoA aseols xo duroo UMUWI osodund nnur Jo quopeAmbo 10 osea18 sopi s Jo3snfpe yeas K our poseq xo duroo SIOYIIIS pue SOYOILT umnpm g IDIN GVO se8un 5pouo 100q sjuouoduiro Op Ioqumy 2urew Hed s930N MII dM Q I DX asealH aj SUOT UNTIL 3 e194030 X Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 268 epeueD O T Ndo 10 CS OCI PMA SI OPPA IOON E LOG eueuULIoj19g US TV S909IN SSM E LOG pmyy eyerg XJepW UOTPBOYTAI IdV pue V GP6E0CGIN SSM Cepeuep TO Jo30Jy 2rnou3u4g 0c MG AVS PLEIDIO e epee TO 1030 umrmuolq Iodng 0Z MG AVS 3Je191030 N e CSM TIO 100W MOYJUA S TMA OZ MG AVS 3Je121030 N e Cs TO J030 N Dua oneyyusg umnruoIlqd 06 MGS AVS PLINIO e uorn vornrodg epeueg GISTAT0G MS OXDe epeue GIdS T 06MS OXDe CS SJ0 02AS OX CS dS6 02AS OX QJoqumw IMEN Ld S970N o3n3e1eduro p4xo p 3uo eAmb q juoIqury A3ISO2SIA Jo Jo9 Se A ourSuo our osux Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 269 REFILL CAPACITIES Engine Oil and Engine Coolant Engine oil Item Capacity Ford part Ford part name or number Ford equivalent specification 6 8L V10 engine Motorcraft SAE WSS M2C945 A 5W 20 Motor Oil or equivalent Your engine has been designed to use engine oil that meets Ford specification It is
123. LIqny spu pol en Sunjsnq pue udsun Seu 9 xy 3uod p SUIALIp UON eurgue euroseg ooe do1 197 1e ourgurq ouIsue oui ose8 Joodsut 197 1e ourgurq unt 00008 SET 00009 10 Sreo amp 3914 Haag uou SIY Seuroo I AJYAYM W 000091 Sot 000001 10 Sea XIS IV eurguo oui ose8 ooe do1 que ooo susug ott OTTO S Io1n ovjnueur 99g our8uo osorp ooe do1 jue ooo af Daat Lou osorp 1opuoj xo ppe jue ooo af popuojxni ourguo oserp uj8uerjs AOJIGIYUL uorsol102 uorjepuoururoo29J SIIMJJLJNULUWU 99g oAnnppe pue uorj9j0d ozeoJ Yoyo juepooo ourgurg uornerueouoo pue AAI MOYI juepooo ou Campers oyeusaye Surprega1 o qe Jo puo ye ajou 339 SYJUOW dat 10 UY 0008 Soft 0009 LAY eurguo ouT oses oS8ueuo Jo pue lo oulsuy UOTJSPUSUNLUODAL S JaInjoejnueur 99q ourguo eserp eSueuo Ja pue ro eurgurg KE foe zz ve re sr er e e 9 amp e OH os c vo os sp ov ce vc or s 0001 X soyourorry os er or ee og ec oc er Or mt x sown 3S1 s1n2520 JOAVYSTYM SYJUOU 10 SJ939uro D satt ATTVONNV YAMAA AO WA 000ZE SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO AOIAAAS TATAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 370 Sx1oj sjreus Suueoq oseo o T SIY SOUIOD Joao SIJUOU 39147 10 ubt 00061 0008 Serur 0008 0009 LAJ sag SOUIOD I9A9WOT A SYJUOUW xis 10 WA 00007
124. NDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers Rotate toward you to decrease the speed of the wipers WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Operating wipers on a dry windshield can scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Press the end of the stalk to switch on the washer e A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid e A quick press and hold causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid e A long press and hold switches on the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 58 Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL Rotate the headlamp control clockwise to the firs
125. OLEpUSUNLULODAL s IJaInjoejnueur 99g eurguo eserp Joao Ppe JUR OOD afl pepue xy eutSuo osorp ujsuams Jo1Iqnqut UOTSOLI09 oAnppe pue uoroojo4d ozao1 YoY jue ooo oUIBUT uomedueouoo pue AAI YoY 3ue o02 outgun suguour SI 10 WY 000 T Sat 0097 AI9A ouuo ouiose8 oSueuo 197 pue lo on Uorjepuaururo291 S191 9vjnueur 99g 9ut8uo osorp e8ueuo Joy pue ro sulsuy ne 09 us ve Te sp ev cr 6e oe ee SOW ose ocv cer sor vse ove ose cre esc voc 0001 x sxojouromy oos esc ozz sez ove sez ore ser OST cor mt 3 sem ISI s1n220 TOAVYITYM sujuour 10 SI JIWOTA Team XTTVONNV FAON AO WY 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 358 sujuour oou 10 WA 00076 00091 STU 90081 00001 A 1dg uou e3eoriqnr quof dis pue juro suguour XIs 10 ubt 000091 Sam 000001 Atoag TdS e1eouqnr uol fe f del d bel d ayeoLqny eas dyno Sy ssoy 1238 JUMS pe fe fe fe fe fe fo fo fo o ayeotqny qurol dyys syurof N uumgoo Zug ESESESESES ES ESESECSECR jo HAP AT id SSES EES SES Sw PMD ADT d Du 000008 Sam 000008 40 SII oATy juourooejdo1 ayy Surroo s JoMog ES RR SSES a A EE ce ee ENEA E EE soxe1q omnexpAu aqn o8exurp 19A9 Aepox oxe1q Suppreq Le s e e s s Gommomepap pAs390 Spyodomm Pee GNMENNEMEMEENNMMENMENN sweep ss
126. POTTIN Surjooui IO urgu oneuug Do oneugu g poyqryur uoreprxo pue jsni TD IdV Io Teas PEIOUN ACST9F T TIN 10 APOLS T TW JO IqV 10 TS IdV TO ou TO umo od od uorn vorrodg o9ua19JoJd Jo 1opgo ut pejsr squeoriqn T pezruomqou amp s 1oordg Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 263 Capacities and Specifications Tenueur soje1odo uotsstusued 399 TO 1010 Ajnq Jong 0 AVS 3J 191030 X someroduro TV MOG HVS CET dal 9Aoqv M06 UAVS CET AcOT MOTT M08 HYS Oo8I Aal 9A0qV MOG AVS 10 MOP AVS CET J01 MOT MOE AVS JoqumNw IMEN Hed S930N 293n3e1eduro p104 3uo eAmb q querqury A31S09SIA oSeurep 10 oJngreg UOISSTUSULI osne Aew Avy fso 1v08 dA GS 19 pu 3y S19A rj nur osn you oq 6ST9T T7 TIN 10 MPOTG T IDIN TIO oneugu g oS eurep 10 oJngreg uorssrmursued asp Lew Ay STO reas dA S 19 pue USA HUDD sn jou od I7I9 IdV Joo uonmeprixo pue 101 UM IO Ives eI9UI A o qe1doooe suonusisop LV snotAoJd 42 IdV 10 IS IdV 10 WEOTG 7ICIDIA TO eursug Ang A 9H To umo o1 oq IOP Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 264 TO 06M08 AX queonmqn ODEM 0 88 01 009 Ieay umud 06 M08 Ao00T 02 Jul AVS 3J 191030 AX 06 M08 AVS 9 0qe pue ASTI 9Aoqe pu 01 0FT MGS8 AVS 9 0qe pu 97 9Aoqe pu JST 0FT M0S A
127. R have pressed play on your e The device is device not connected SYNC does not e Your music files e Make sure that all song details recognize music may not contain are populated that is on my the proper artist e Some devices require you to device song title album change the USB settings from or genre mass storage to MTP class information OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 332 SYNC Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues cause s I received a text e Your account e This is a free feature but you that the Vehicle may not be must first register online to use Health Report is activated on the Im not activated website OR e Make sure that your VIN is e You may have correctly listed in your account the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed I am unable to The preferred retrieve the report on the When you register your account dealer you must list a preferred dealer information did If one is already listed try website or I not load correctly selecting another dealer and receive a system logging out Log back in and error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report e Update your mobile number due to your in your account on the website phone s e Make sure yo
128. Refueling 105 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be
129. S The front and rear outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 45 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle ral e Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue Front and Rear Center Seat The cinch tongue slides up and down the belt webbing when the belt is stowed or while putting safety belts on When the lap and shoulder safety belt is buckled the cinch tongue allows the lap portion to be shortened but pinches the webbing to keep the lap portion from getting longer The cinch tongue is designed to slip during a crash so always wear the shoulder belt properly and do not allow any slack in either the lap or shoulder portions Before you can reach and latch a lap and shoulder belt having a cinch tongue into the buckle you may have to lengthen the lap belt portion of it 1 To lengthen the lap belt pull some webbing out of the shoulder belt retractor 2 While holding the webbing below the tongue grasp the tip metal portion of the tongue so that it is parallel to the webbing and slide the tongue upward 3 Provide enough lap belt
130. SAN penunuo XTTVONNV YAMA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 368 weyshs FAC yet pue you uro3s4S AAA PLA sneyxy eset Be ee lef ee ayeouqny sopr s 197snfpe yeag del del bel d ojeouqn srepur4o Xoo s1oxugs sauoTe segury 100g Sjueuoduro qe SIY SOUIOD IAMIAM sieak very T 4 10 WA 000007 sepur 000097 A au lO IYMJU S IOJU W sty Soulod I9A9WOT A ATTeNUU IO wq 00008 somu 00009 A ogueuyo ro umo orjed I0 ubt 00009 D somu 000001 Ateaq egueuo TOMY TOJON JSIY SIWO IJAIYPIYM eA19 ur o2utuo ureur joo Io Out e 92uo WY 00091 serur 00001 J 9A9 YOY 101119 LL LI LI I I IL SAAD Bo SOOT rod quom Lesch hk Je asueyp lo umo orjed raotdgyeueqsuoye gq EA s qe qoe pe qoae pss pq SEENEN DU GC SSES 09 ue ve Te sp ev cr 6e oe ee PSO oze vos 88g zzz osz ove ree soz cor 92 0001 x saama o0z ost ost ozx ovr ost orr ost ozr fon h 000r Seege ISI 1990 IJAMPITYM SYJUOW 10 S19 9ULOTLY eat penuguo XTTVONNV YAMA 310 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 369 Scheduled Maintenance 9 9 Yoyo 201 lo SuLBaq oou lo osueyo ed lo SUEI Ia yoedal addy oseoaJ8 SuLIeaq o99UAV ayeo
131. SSES IL EE soyelg re a1g2u0nt siaysn pe Joerg soxe1q Ie ojeoriqnp wes s sexe1q oyneIpAY eyeouqng egexur IoAo ep oJ oyerq SUYLA Le TTT TTT TF 89m ames puor pp o puo sas uro3s g ILI 949 YOoy addy jo Spo Dau ro asueyo ed pro Sureoq PAM xoedoi d asvars SULI Dau IXY JUOLy SutALIp UON Es aod Oe UCD oot eet vet oer szt oct ert vor 96 88 0001 x stoxomronry oor s os cs os ez o2 co o9 cc mt x somn ISI 1990 1oA9q2rqA SYJUOW 10 s193ouro pp S MW penunuo XTTVANNV THAI YO WA 0002 SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI AVOA JAO NO HOIAMHS AATAAS Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 375 Scheduled Maintenance WY 0091 somu QOOT AtoAd 9 9 Yoo uonexodo Ajnp Aavay snonurjuoo J0 ISIH SOUIOD JAASIPITYM PAIOUT 92Ueuoureur yoo 1o uquour VDUO UAT 0008 Som 0009 LAY PART YOY LOLI au lO oreuju s ta0tdg eueq u0 asueyp lO wneporjed 1eordg eue qyuo 949 YOY Jao1Idg eueq uoyey en en L ee vw d asueyp o orauju s penueur T n J uo el fe bel 4 asueyp ro ume oJjed enueur 19 n q u0 DERE EN Tenue s 10 e1odo UOISsTUISUBI 39G Jiys omy pue oreuro ENESES RC ee ayeoliqny x10j sireus gurreoq oseopoy SIY SIWO 1o9A9uonuM STOT 921p 10 WA 00071 0008 SOMU 0008 0009 LAF TdS uou ayeotiqny jurof dis pue mot Daum S
132. This helps prevent damage to the motor Normal operation resumes once the motor cools This feature automatically opens or closes the window Press or lift the switch completely and release The window fully opens or closes Press or lift it again to stop the window Restoring the One Touch Up Functionality Note Perform one touch up re calibration with the door closed Calibrating with the door open causes the window to continuously bounce back Functionality may be lost under low battery power conditions To reset this function after restoring full battery power 1 Pull the switch to the one touch up position 2 Hold the switch until the glass reaches the stall position and continue to hold for two seconds 3 Press the switch down and operate the window to the full down position One touch up is now be functional 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 62 Windows and Mirrors Bounce Back One Touch Up or Down Windows Only The window stops automatically while closing and reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window travels up with n
133. UDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Tone Sounds when you leave the key in the ignition in the off or accessory position and open the driver s door Headlamps On Warning Tone Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 76 Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving You can control various systems on your vehicle using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information appears in the information display Information Display Controls Press the INFO button to scroll through trip and fuel usage e information SETUP RESET e Press the SETUP button to scroll through various vehicle feature settings e Press the RESET button to choose settings reset information and confirm messages Info Press the IN
134. USA fus Transmission 137 We do not recommend or approve performing axle conversions However we understand that on occasion others install aftermarket add on axles on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles such as air lift axles TWO SPEED REAR AXLE IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never shift a two speed axle when descending a steep grade as this may cause loss of vehicle control and result in personal injury Note Do not shift between ranges when the speed control is on A two speed rear axle allows the driver to select a low range for greater pulling power and a high range for greater road speed and fuel economy You can also use these ranges to provide extra steps between transmission shifts when driving on steep grades or fuel economy may be factors Axle Shifting with a Manual Transmission To downshift select the next lower gear release and press the accelerator pedal rapidly or while holding the accelerator pedal down release and engage the clutch rapidly Note Use the clutch method when driving at slower speeds To upshift keep the accelerator pedal down select the next higher gear release the accelerator and pause until the axle upshifts Note De clutch for smoother axle upshifts when driving at slower speeds Axle Shifting with an Automatic Transmission Note You cannot split shift with an automatic transmission In addition downshifting above 40 mph 64 km
135. VS 9 0qe pue D 0P 9AOQE pue ft OFT MGA AVS OolE 03 Oe0T A008 01 daf 08 A87 HVS 0 92 03 Oe0T doSI 0 db MSA AVS TO OPIMGL AX 3ueonqnT IXY Ie oneujuss Or T MG AVS 3J 191030 N jueoriqng orrouor CIPLETT 1oqumu ed uoge Que peambo 10 zo AANTOGHY o Xy Ja Joqumw IMEN Ld s930oN 93n3e4eduro DO 3uo eAmb q juoIqury A3ISO2SIA uorn vornrodg EI poeds o 8urs uoge o xe p ds om Io2tdg uoj3e7 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 265 Capacities and Specifications 10 06M08 AX jue9UquT oy Teoy umruro9Jd 06 08 AVS 3je1010 0 X 0 88 01 O71 HOOT 0 ALOT M06 AVS 9 0qe pue Of aaoqe pu OF MOPT AVS 9 0qe pue ASTI aaoqe pu A 01 OPT MS8 AVS 9 0qe pue 97 aaoqe pu AGT OPT M08 AVS CIS 91 2 92 A002 03 JdoS I MOS AVS 9 0qe pue ut 9Aoqe pu J07 OPT MGL AVS 0 0 03 W s JACE 01 d t MGL AVS Joquinw IMLEN JAB S9ION o1n3 e4oduroT prog juopeamby 3uerqury Asos TO OVIMEL AX yueoqn y oxy 1y ONOUIUAS OPT MGL AVS YeI squeonmqnr oneuqu s Surpn ourt suorjeogtoods ed S0T 6 8 d IIIN Surjoour Agpenb STD Idy Jo 9qni JOS qy esodandnn q o xe poeds o 8urs 1ootdg Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 266 10 0608 AX queouqu ovy Teoy umruroJ4d 06 08 AVS 3je1040 0 X TO OPTMSL AX
136. You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Appendices 337 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translat
137. a E fordowner com ford ca May 2014 Second Printing Owner s Manual F 650 F 50 Litho in U S A FSC MIX Paper FSC C102270 FC4J19A321 AB J GLO gt i ZO0OS9 i Q b K G E 3 D et A P 4 avr CEV gt 2015 F 650 750 Owner s Manual Table of Contents Introduction Vehicle Inspection Guide Child Safety Child seat positioning 0 0 0 2 00 02 e eee Booster Sat A 26s da ehadace ds gh ARIES TESI Installing child safety seats 20 0 0 0 0 000 000 0000 Childvsafety loCKSz 3 4 ia eda neh URESNEBARES Safety Belts Fastening the safety bes Safety belt height adjustment Safety belt warning light and indicator chime Safety belt minder 0 0 00 0c cece eee nes Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Keys and Remote Control Keys unanime aes Locks Locking and unlocking llle Steering Wheel Adjusting the steering wee Steering wheel controls Wipers and Washers Windshield wipers 2 212229 deme eR RETE Windshield washers llle Lighting Lighting control 333 ee ech 9 9 133 ee SS Instrument lighting dimmer aaan naaa Daytime runninglamps llle Turn signal contra Interior lamps 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 2 Table of Contents Windows and Mirrors 61 Power WwindOWS cocia si
138. a weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that exists once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle helps to remove remaining slack from the belt 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 35 8 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using tether straps in this chapter 9 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than one inch two and a half centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST Using Cinch Tongue Lap and Shoulder Belts All Front Center and Super Crew Cab Rear Center Positions 4 WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move se
139. a for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information 2015 F 650 750 67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 10 Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding
140. a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an ai
141. a specific Artist Track Album artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following BLUETOOTH AUDIO Phone Media Bluetooth Connections Play next track Play previous track 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 321 Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genre shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information Select Source SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device On
142. ags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 27 WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child
143. ame axle to reverse the direction of rotation This is often helpful if a heel and toe or alternate lug wear pattern has developed You can help minimize irregular wear by e Using the right inflation pressure for the load being carried e Maintaining proper front wheel alignment especially toe in to specifications e Maintaining proper tire and wheel balance e Maintaining shock absorbers and suspension components Use of Tire Chains See the chain manufacturer s recommendation for correct tire chain usage installation and removal 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 250 Wheels and Tires WHEELS General Information Note Remember to replace the wheel air valves when replacing the road tires at the end of their useful lives Inspect lubricate and adjust wheel bearings at regular intervals This is especially important if operating in deep sand mud or water See the Capacities and Specifications chapter Mount wheel balance weights on the dome side of the wheel only Failure to do so may result in loss of wheel weight or damage to brakes or wheels Oil lubricated Front Wheel Bearings During normal vehicle duty cycle the lubricant and air inside the hub wheel cavity expands and if not vented causes pressure build up that could cause accelerated seal wear You can use two venting methods to prevent pressure build up e A slit or small hole in the rubber check vent e The wi
144. amp Bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Remove the four screws and then move the parking lamp assembly away from the headlamp bulb 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 232 Maintenance 3 Remove the four screws and the retaining bracket from the headlamp bulb 4 Pull the headlamp bulb out of the housing Disconnect the electrical connector and then remove the headlamp bulb 5 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb Replacing Front Parking Turn Signal and Side Marker Lamp Bulbs To remove the parking lamp and turn signal bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and the turn signals are off Remove the four screws from the lamp assembly Carefully lower the lamp assembly and pull the bulb socket straight out of the lamp assembly 4 Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the socket 5 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb Replacing Front Clearance and Identification Lamp Bulbs 2015 F 650 750 167 3 1 2 3 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position Remove the screw and lens from the lamp assembly Pull the bulb straight out of the socket Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 233 Replacing Brake Tail Rear Turn Signal Reverse and License Plate Lamp Bulbs 1 Re
145. and electrical accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is set e Make sure the gearshift is in position P e Turn the key to on without turning the key to start Some warning lights briefly illuminate 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 96 Starting and Stopping the Engine Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to start the engine The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until your vehicle starts Note If the engine does not start on the first try wait for a short period and try again If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below 13 F 25 C press the accelerator pedal slightly and try again If the engine does not start after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this flooded engine procedure 1 Select position P or N 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Fully press the brake pedal 4 Start the engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows a
146. and send text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature Phonebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 299 Text Message Enables you to send download and delete
147. ansmission operation llle Brakes lc Cr v Hints on driving with anti lock brakes Traction Control Traction ControllM 22s bu ge bee eee E EUR Cruise Control Driving Aids Steering rero hee demas wp RT EE ELA EE P Air SUSPENSION zac ok Re wa Re EN e ES EE Upfitter controls 0 0 0 es Load Carrying Vehicle Joadmg eee Towing Trailer TOWING Lo veas aha oe E ee REC Ae Wrecker towing Driving Hints Economical drtwmg yenip ratk Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance Hazard flasher contraire Jump starting the vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 124 127 139 139 143 156 156 158 160 162 163 164 165 166 167 167 4 Table of Contents Customer Assistance 182 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada Reporting safety defects U S oni Reporting safety defects Canada onbe Fuses 187 Changing a duse s pea ee E re hd dde atate ee ad Fuse specification chat Fuses and telen is du 400 i0 isiwtentddsededec dias dive Maintenance General information 4 2 ga op Re Sx REY eae Pe ES Opening and closing the hood e sean ena xe ERYS Engimne oll dipstick deer soe ms ere ROO petes WR Reo RR e Engineoll check vaudou eng Ro besos ee eed os Engine coolant check isses eR RR RE x gn Automatic transmission fluid check Brake fluid check s os ede d eed oe eR RR
148. ar maintenance and inspections usually prevent serious problems from developing later If the owner or operator of the vehicle is a skilled technician and intends on performing the vehicle maintenance and service he is strongly urged to purchase a service manual Electrical System Periodically inspect electrical connectors on the outside of the cab and on the engine and frame for corrosion and tightness Exposed terminals such as the fuel sender cranking motor alternator and feed through studs should be cleaned and re coated with a lubricant sealing grease such as Motorcraft Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric Compound XG 3 or equivalent This should include the ground cable connector for batteries engine and cab as well as the jump starting stud Accessory Feed Connections Vehicle electrical systems are complex and often include powertrain components such as engine and transmission controls instrument panels and ABS While most systems operate on battery voltage 12 volts some systems can be as high as 90 volts or as low as five volts See the Electrical Circuit Diagram Manuals available from your vehicle s manufacturer to make sure that any extra body lights and accessory connections to circuits are both appropriate and not overloaded Do not make modifications to any vehicle control system without first contacting an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Main
149. ard gears and one reverse 2 5 are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Transmission 127 Eaton FS 5406A FS 5406N FS 6406A and FSO 6406A 6 speed These transmissions are equipped with six forward gears and one reverse all forward gears are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob Do not shift the transmission into first gear or reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission Spicer ES56 7B and ES066 7B 7 speed These transmissions are equipped with seven forward gears and one reverse 2 7 are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob Do not shift the transmission into first gear or reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED A WARNING Hold the brake pedal down while you move the gearshift lever between positions If you do not hold the brake pedal down your vehicle may move unexpectedly and cause property damage personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 128 Transmission Main transmission auxiliary transmission transfer case and power take off PTO control shift patterns can be found on a placard or decal on the driver s sun visor on the instrument panel or on the shift control its
150. arged the air system WARNING Do not move the vehicle when the air pressure is insufficient because the brake system may be inoperative Select a gear ratio to help slow your vehicle before descending grades Supplementing with brakes as required help to safely slow the vehicle and avoids overspeeding the engine 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 142 Brakes Air Chamber Stroke Indication Air chamber push rods have orange stroke indicator markers that warn when the braking system requires adjustment or repair The painted orange indicator is on the air chamber push rod at the slack adjuster stroke dimension that requires service when visible during brake application A qualified service technician should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs keeping to the instructions in the service manual Cam Brakes Automatic Slack Adjusters WARNING Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke B Standard air brakes cam are 024 j equipped with automatic brake s adjusters Automatic adjustment occurs
151. as you back up Although OSHA or some governmental regulations may require the use of an electrical or mechanical back up alarm to warn bystanders such an alarm does not guarantee that the intended path is clear When in doubt get out of your vehicle and visually check the intended path is clear Back up slowly as to allow others time to move if necessary If you install an electrical back up alarm connect it to the backup lamp circuit 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Driving Aids 161 Parking WARNING When parking your vehicle do not leave the transmission in gear if the key is in the on position and the vehicle rolls the engine could start Failure to follow these instructions could result in an unattended vehicle moving possibly causing personal injury or property damage Always use the parking brake When parking on a grade block the wheels and turn the front wheels to one side so that if your vehicle rolls the front tires act against the curb to stop your vehicle The front wheels are more effective at stopping a rolling vehicle than the rear wheels Cold Weather Note Idling in cold weather does not heat the engine to its normal operating temperature Long periods of idling in cold weather can cause a build up of heavy deposits of carbon and rust on valve stems causing them to stick which in turn can cause valvetrain damage Note We recommend against using winter fronts
152. aser United States only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant United States only ZC 32 B2 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 56 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover United States only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from an authorized dealer e Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dishwashing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Care 235 Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plent
153. at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towing a Trailer e Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 170 Towing Place the gearshift lever in position P if equipped or neutral to aid in engine and transmission cooling and air conditioning efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic Turn off the speed control The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades e Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective
154. at all the way back WARNING Rear facing child seats should never be placed in front of an active airbag WARNING Always use both lap and shoulder safety belt in the Regular Cab center seating position if applicable 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 36 Child Safety The belt webbing below the tongue is the lap portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt and the belt webbing above the tongue is the shoulder belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt 1 Position the child safety seat in the center front seat 2 Slide the tongue up the webbing 3 While holding both shoulder and lap portions next to the tongue route the tongue and webbing through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure that the belt webbing is not twisted 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 37 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 While pushing down with your knee on the child seat pull up on the shoulder belt portion to tighten the lap belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt 6 Allow the safety belt to retract and remove any slack in the belt to securely tigh
155. ause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuses 187 CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in your vehicle are not working a fuse may ha
156. automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not badly soiled use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS e Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth e If you cannot completely clean the leather using a mild soap and water solution you can try cleaning the leather using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors e To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil and petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 240 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or
157. b q juoIqury A3ISO2SIA uornvornrodg jurof dys squtof q uum oo Suuoojg Teas mdmo SVL SSOY Ives Sur1993g pm SULIGe s J9M0q Surgsnq pue udsun UIT Serp spud pol on asead8 SuLIveq PYM o X quoJ 9 xe 1ootdg opp 1ootdg uoje Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 259 Capacities and Specifications epeueg q TIGE OA0 CSM qTIde 0A peynyI pet juepoo9 azao1ruy FULIQ 3T 1294030 A GC TFHA6NW SSA uio3s g Sui 00 epeueo 2 LINdO Jo CSM O T Wd PMA ayelg IPUPA 1OJOW e LOG e ueuuojrq ust TV 8909ICSSA LOG oseoIS xo duroo umy esod amd nur O I 5X JO oseo18 se 19 SUOT Ajour poseq xo duroo unuq LIION UMMI Z IDIN 81 05 Qoqumy IMEN 31eq SOJON 93n3eueduro pio juopeambg yuarqury kysoosy 9P UPeds EH que ooo eutSu q IIOAIOSOY X10J SEU Sulreaq SLAPY Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 260 NIO OTLX ALV AT NOOMWIA 3J 494030 A V 6IdVINWSSA t 6 epeuep q pue SN pm I9USeA PLOTUSPULA Ayen unuq SA Juereyyig YIM ojeduo2uo YSEA PIOTYSPUIM Umg 3Je424030 A p104 JueTeaAMby i qu V LE DXO Cra ae oz sommyerodwe IN MOG AVS CO CET A01 9 0qv 067A08 AVS CET AoOT MOTO MS AVS Oo8I HoOT 940qv MOS AVS Oo8I AoOT mog MOP AVS pmg uorssmusuer 09 q9 onoeuju amp s
158. bled vehicle s spring brakes Before moving the disabled vehicle check for adequate road clearance of vehicle components If possible unload the disabled vehicle before towing This reduces any abnormal load to the vehicle components resulting from the towing procedures Before towing make sure to release the parking brake fully You can reset the spring actuated type parking brake by recharging the air system with at least 64 psi 441 kPa of air If the brake system does not retain air pressure then you must release the spring brakes manually See Parking brake in the Brakes chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 172 Towing Towing the Vehicle with the Front Wheels Suspended Note To avoid transmission damage do not tow your vehicle even a short distance without suspending rear wheels or removing the axle shafts or driveshaft Note When towing a vehicle equipped with a tandem axle from the front raise the forward rear axle so it can clear the road surface and secure it to the frame with chains or U bolts allowing only the rear rear axle to contact the road surface Remove axle shafts from the rear rear axle assembly Cover the wheel hub ends to prevent loss of axle lubricant and entrance of contaminants Use extreme care in securing the chains or U bolts to avoid possible damage to the brake lines hoses or other components When it is necessary to tow a vehicle with the front whee
159. bx dee beeen do boot dha RITE ed b 273 Vehicle identification number 274 Vehicle certification label 274 Audio System 276 AM FM stereo llle rs 278 AM FM CD with ON 279 Auxiliary input ck 281 USB DON eiei sien heh ox oR ys Sa a ad ata one 283 Satellite radio information e 283 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 6 Table of Contents SYNC 287 Pairing your phone for the first time e 292 OIL ASSISt ilu et er EE ete E E eS 311 Vehicle Health Report 313 Appendices 336 Scheduled Maintenance 344 Index 381 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted O Ford Motor Company 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Introduction 7 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and ope
160. cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot
161. ce connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files randomly as they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum indexing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicle s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 322 SYNC Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available m
162. ce with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e
163. ced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 54 Keys and Remote Control KEYS The key operates all locks on your vehicle In case of loss replacement keys are available from an authorized dealer You should always carry a second key with you in a safe place in case you require it in an emergency 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Locks 55 LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock switch to lock and unlock the vehicle Power Door Locks If Equipped The power door lock switches are on the driver and front passenger door panels A Unlock B Lock 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 56 Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL 4 WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving 4 1 Pull and hold the steering wheel E release lever Gg 2 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the JL desired position then release the lever wi 1 a VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED A Voice recognition B Phone mode See the SYNC chapter CRUISE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED A D See the Cruise Control chapter 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wipers and Washers 57 WI
164. ck fuel Child Safety Child seat cap Door Lock lower anchor and Unlock Child seat x Do not open tether anchor when hot Engine coolant temperature Fan warning Fasten safety Front fog belt lamps Fuel pump Fuse Hazard reset compartment warning flasher Heated rear Interior window luggage compartment release Introduction 9 Symbol Symbol Symbol Lighting Low tire Maintain control pressure correct fluid warning level Parking aid Parking brake system system Power Power Power window steering fluid windows front lockout and rear Service Side airbag Stability engine soon AT control Windshield 8 Windshield defrost and washer and demist wiper DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them dat
165. commend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices if supported See the SYNC chapter for more information SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels Sirius broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 284 Audio System Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels free
166. companies the DPF assembly It can help control the temperature of the exhaust during the DPF regeneration process The inlet holes in the side of the assembly are functional These holes allow outside air to enter into the outlet assembly Keep the holes clear of mud and other foreign material to maintain proper functionality of the system One way to keep the holes clear is to spray the outlet assembly with a hose when washing your vehicle Failure to keep the functional holes clear of foreign material may result in blocking or plugging of the holes SWITCHING OFF A DIESEL ENGINE Allow the engine to idle for three to five minutes before shutting it down The larger the engine the greater the need is for this idling period Note Try to limit engine idle to 10 minutes Excessive idling reduces fuel economy ENGINE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN IF EQUIPPED WARNING In the event of engine shutdown make sure the vehicle is safely off the road and the problem is remedied prior to returning to the road Failure to remove the vehicle from the road could result in an accident causing serious injury or death This feature either illuminates a light in the instrument cluster or sounds a tone or both indicating that the engine is being shut down due to high coolant temperature low engine oil pressure high diesel particulate filter soot loading or low engine coolant level If any of these conditions exist the engine automatically shuts down If
167. cross shaft and all linkages Check the clutch fluid level Fuel System Drain the accumulated water or sediment from the fuel tank s Steering System Lubricate the steering shaft s U joints and splines if equipped with grease fittings Lubricate the front axle spindle pins Lubricate the steering linkage when equipped with grease fittings Lubricate the power steering gear output shaft Make coolant protection checks just before the onset of freezing weather where applicable If coolant is dirty or rusty in appearance drain the system flush and refill the system with the prescribed solution of cooling system fluid and distilled water Use only permanent type coolant that meets specifications as listed in your engine operator s manual See the engine manufacturer s operating guide for supplemental corrosion inhibitor specifications Periodic Component and System Checks The following are vehicle checks that should be made periodically either by the owner or a qualified technician Bring any deficiencies to the attention of an authorized dealer or another qualified service outlet as soon as possible to obtain advice about the need for service or replacement Recommended Action At every engine start up Check ABS lamp operation After first 500 and 1000 miles 800 Tighten the wheel mounting nuts and 1600 km then every 500 and to the specified torque See 1000 mile 800 and 1600 km Technical specifications
168. ction and service performed in the maintenance log Emissions Information Label Emissions information appears on the Important Engine Information decal located on or near the engine 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 352 Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Services Maintenance service adjustments must conform to specifications contained in this manual and those shown on the Important Engine Information decal Perform the following services at scheduled intervals because they essential to the life and performance of your vehicle Ford recommends that you perform maintenance on all designated items to achieve best vehicle operation There are three types of maintenance intervals for general vehicle environments On Highway City and Severe Service In all applications monitoring miles kilometers and time and when the engine is due for an oil change determine the actual interval When the engine oil change is required before the truck lubrication interval perform the lubrication at the same time in order to reduce your vehicle s time out of service Air Brake Adjustment WARNING Failure to maintain proper air brake adjustment can result in reduction or loss of braking ability A qualified service technician keeping to the instructions in the service manual should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs Cam Brakes Automatic Slack Adjusters WARNING Do no
169. curely latch it in position P Position R With the gearshift lever in position R your vehicle moves backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of position Position N With the gearshift lever in position N you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position Position D This is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy This position allows automatic upshifts and downshifts in gears one through six Position 4 This position allows automatic upshifts and downshifts in gears one through four Position 2 Use this position to start up on slippery roads or provide extra engine braking on downgrades 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Transmission 131 Position 1 e Provides maximum engine braking e Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever e The transmission does not downshift into position 1 at high speeds it downshifts to a lower gear and then shifts into position 1 when your vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced Downshifts e Allowed in position D e Press the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear Allison 2200 with Parking Pawl Feature Note Also see the separate Allison Transmission Operator s Manual WARNING Always set the parking brake fully Do not use the gearshift in place of the parking brake WARNING To avoid sudden unexpected
170. d Exit the current menu System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 305 Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select See Using SYNC with your phone earlier in Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Set Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK
171. d Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Appendices 343 Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features Vehicle with SYNC only FCC ID KMHSG1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and M
172. d Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29000 kilometers whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 184 Customer Assistance 3 The vehicle is out of service fo
173. d fall when entering exiting or climbing on this vehicle Always use the steps and assist handles before climbing Do not skip any steps or assist handles Use three point contact at all times with at least two feet and one hand or two hands and one foot firmly placed during all phases of entering exiting or climbing Always keep your shoe soles and hands clean Keep the steps and assist handles free of snow ice oil grease substances or debris Be sure to use extra care in bad weather Avoid wearing thick gloves Always perform trailer hook up while standing on the ground 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Inspection Guide 13 VEHICLE INSPECTION INFORMATION To make sure your vehicle is ready to operate conduct a pre trip inspection at the beginning of each work period Follow the steps listed in this section to verify a proper vehicle inspection procedure WARNING Exercise great caution when working on a vehicle equipped with an automatic fan clutch The fan starts in motion only after the engine coolant reaches a predetermined temperature or the refrigerant pressure if equipped with air conditioning reaches a predetermined setting The fan starts at this point with no advance warning Never reach near or permit objects to protrude into the fan blade radius while the engine is running as this could result in vehicle damage personal injury or death WARNING Do not operate the ve
174. d loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Use the SEEK buttons and up and down arrow buttons to switch it on and off F AUX Press this button to access the media features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information G SEEK In radio mode press and release these buttons to go to the next or previous preset radio station or disc track In CD and MP3 modes press these buttons to select the next or previous track or press and hold to advance or reverse within the same track Play Pause and OK Play and Pause allow you to play or pause a track when listening to a CD OK allows you to confirm commands with phone and media features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information I SHUFFLE Play music on the selected CD or MP3 folder in random order 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Audio System 281 J Folder Press this button to access the next folder on an MP3 disc K Folder Press this button to access the previous folder on an MP3 disc L FF Press this button to manually fast forward in a CD track or MP3 file M REW Press this button to manually rewind in a CD track or MP3 file N Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns O TEXT SCAN e In radio CD and MP3 modes press and hold to
175. d the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 345 Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services You should perform certain basic maintenance checks and inspections monthly or at six month intervals Daily Owner Checks Air
176. d verify the airflow is not restricted such as snow or debris blocking airflow through the grill Special operating conditions such as snowplowing towing or off road use can also cause higher than normal operating temperatures Internal transmission damage may occur if you operate the transmission for extended periods with the gauge in the higher than normal area Changing the severity of the driving conditions may help lower the transmission temperature into the normal range If the gauge continues to show high temperatures see an authorized dealer Fuel Gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has travelled Trip Computer See General information in the Information Displays chapter Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General information in the Information Displays chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 70 Instrument Cluster Gauge Package If Equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional gauge package that has one of the following configurations 1 Transmission temperature gauge Displays the transmission temperatur
177. dard specification See your engine operator s manual for more information and restrictions about the use of biodiesel fuel Octane Recommendations Gasoline Engines Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Do not use fuels with a posted octane rating below 87 Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Gasoline Engine Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal e If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks adding four five gallons 15 19 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than four five gallons 15 19 liters may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator see the Instrument Cluster chapter See General infor
178. de gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 90 Seats REAR SEATS Folding Up the Rear Seats SuperCab 1 Pull the control to release the seat cushion 2 Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage RK position Returning the Seat to the Seating Position AN WARNING Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position and that the seat cushion locks into place Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash which could increase the risk of serious injury 1 Pull the control on the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position 2 Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position Folding the Rear Seat Back Crew Cab 1 Pull forward on the control to fold down the seat back 2 Pull down on the handle and lift up on the seat back to return it to the original position 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Seats 91 REAR SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED Type 1 To use the armrest rotate it forward Type 2 HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat h
179. ded only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
180. during brake applications Inspect brakes for proper adjustment at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance 9 chapter Emergency Air Brake WARNING Do not continue to operate the vehicle with a failure of one of the brake systems Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately All vehicles are equipped with a dual brake system In the unlikely event of a failure of one system the second system functions for emergency stopping The brake pedal controls all these systems in the same manner as for normal stops 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 143 HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal pulses and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The ABS does not eliminate the dangers inherent when e You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e Your vehicle is hydroplaning e You take corners too fast e The road surface is poor EXHAUST BRAKE IF EQUIPPED WARNING The exhaust brake is not recommended for use on slippery or low traction road surfaces Under these conditions a loss of vehicle control could occur Note Installing an exhaust or auxiliary brake does not necessarily protect the engine from exceeding maximum governed speed Use the primary brakes to make sure the engine never exceeds maximum governed speed under a
181. e Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 20
182. e e Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 250 millimeters between your breastbone and the center of the steering wheel e Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Seats 83 HEAD RESTRAINTS AP WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash you and the passenger occupants should not sit in or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion A WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely
183. e can hear the malfunction resetting the device removing other person but the device s battery then trying they cannot hear again me 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 329 Phone issues cause s SYNC is not able to download my phonebook e This is a feature OR e Possible phone malfunction Limitations on your phone s capability The system says Phonebook Downloaded but my phonebook in SYNC is empty or is missing contacts 2015 F 650 750 167 phone dependent e Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 330 SYNC cause s I am having e This isa e Go to the website to review trouble phone dependent your phone s compatibility connecting my feature OR e Try turning off the device phone to SYNC e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunctio
184. e and then pull the wiper blade down C toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 3 To install the new wiper blade insert the wiper blade into the wiper arm hook B 4 While holding the wiper arm push the wiper blade up and a away from the windshield 5 Close the lock cover Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield See Cleaning the windows and wiper blades in the Vehicle Care chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element AIR FILTER CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on the engine air filter Gasoline Engine Note Do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 229 Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the Motorcraf
185. e oo pop ada to Suteoq POUM L ek m g ww je KSE EISES ES RS EE Ls a RE E EEN 9 xy 3uo1p SurALIp UON Te sr er er ee oe ee STON 807 vse ove oct ere ssc voc 0001 X siojourorry orz ser ost sor Coor Set ISI 1990 IJAMPITYM SYJUOW 10 S19 9ULOTLY eat penunuo XTIVONNV FAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO lo asueyp ad po SuLIeaq Ia Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 359 Scheduled Maintenance sreak 1noj 10 Du 000007 seru 000097 LAY YIVO Ajr9191up S1eo IMO 10 WY 0000098 SATU 000009 AteAq euourT OU LO IY YJU S I0 LI9 AT Ayyenuue 10 Du 000091 somu 000001 19A7 asueyp ro umo o r od ION LO 000091 s mu 000001 Aa asueyo IAY 012 Te 19qut ooueuojureur 7997 10 WY 00007 smu 00097 LIA PART YOY LOLI oneuduss 0 payteauod jt s1eo very 10 Dm 000007 SATU 000097 IV pour qr pormg amp 1039 7 jt UDF 000008 serm 000009 IV ofueup pr oNeyyUds 199rdg eueq uogeng asueyp lO umo orjod 1ootdg eue q uoqen 9A9 YoY 1921dg eue q uo eng PPA YOoY Tenueur 19M J U0 V Y UON Dm 000007 SATU 000097 1e I YJU S o1 patoAuor ux 000008 S 000009 1 onoujuds LM TY ATOYoRAT a8ueyo qo orjouu s penueur Im uo asueyp lO umo orjod penuew 19 n j u0 e7 Tenueur sJ0 e19dOo UOISSTUSURIJ 99g jus ojny pue onewomy Pere Tr SR SIS UR HT Fo pu psp s ww e se e OW roar osr zer s
186. e 9 7 9Aoqe pue JOP MOPT AVS 9 0qe pue ET aaoge pue JOT OVI MS8 AVS aaoge pue 952 9Aoqe pue j4 GT 0FT M08 AVS 9 0qe pue 00 9Aoqe pue IOP TO OF T AGA AX 0VT MSA AVS queormqnT aM T 0 0 91 0907 ITOYJUAS OPT MGL AE 0 A 0 AVS 3J 191030 X MSL AVS Joquinw 9urewN Ld 930N 91n3e19oduro pJo qp 3uopeAmb zq juotrqury A31S02SIA sjueoriqng or ouu s pu yeuorjuoAuo2 xu 30u oq sjueoniqng onouqu s Surpn ourt suorjeogtoods ve G0 T G7 TH d ITIN Surjoour yrenb STD Idy JO out To Surreaq oou Jeo8 JY esodaundnnjy orxe quoJ opxe 1o2trdg Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 167 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 258 y m aseols Xo duroo umngim esodand nmur O I 9X IO aseols 9SeoJr afl SUOT Ajour poseq xe duroo Und 3j 4910310 A Wnty CH ID IN 0 WeYSoALIG 9SseoIg Xo duroo umy esodand nmur O I DX JO oseo18 9SeoJr SUOT Ajour poseq xo duroo Und 3j 1910310 A Wnty CH ID IN T109 PIX NO G LX OINO G LX A NOONAN ALV A NOONAN Sur1993 S sooejins Sunjsnq pue udsun u994 9q SL IS 9210 IOOF ay Jo Ieapo PAJ AXL UIIM Udy sBurreoq oseoIS xo duroo jsniuj ugnoduj eseo1ig ummy esodand npur 99410 o9 Xe uo PROT Git ID IN LU O I 9X sisseyo UM So xe quo eAmbo 10 oseo18 9Seor SUOT I993g Asey IO LI9 N pue K our poseq xo duroo UMW 3J 194030 A Jootdg uoje7 930N umuy zd Joqumw IMEN Ld s930oN o3n3ededuro puo 3uo eAm
187. e Inspection Guide 17 Verify e All exterior lights illuminate and are clean e Headlights function on high and low beam e Reflectors are clean unbroken and of proper color red on rear amber elsewhere e Running lights are clean and unbroken Steering gear Inspect for any e Missing or loose fasteners e Power steering fluid leaks e Damage to power steering hoses Steering linkage Verify e Connecting links arms and rods are not worn or cracked e Joints sockets and boot seals are not worn or loose e Cotter keys nuts and bolts are not loose or missing Tow hooks Inspect front and rear tow hooks for damage or loose mounting This is particularly important on vehicles that use them frequently 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 18 Vehicle Inspection Guide Front suspension Inspect for leaves that may be e Missing e Broken e Shifted e In contact with or nearly contacting a tire rim brake drum frame or body component Note Never apply grease to spring pads Spring mounts Inspect the following for cracks breaks wear damage and tightness e Spring hangers e Bolts e Bushings e Axle mounting bolts e Nuts Shock absorbers _ Inspect for any e Cracks e Leaks e Missing or broken bolts or bushings Front brakes Inspect for cracked worn or frayed hoses Verify all couplings are secure Brake chambers Verify e There are no cracks or dents e They ar
188. e as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Keep plug terminals clean and free of dirt and corrosion Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 104 Starting and Stopping the Engine Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry before use To clean them use a dry cloth The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and
189. e at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation or locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 25 Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children P a Recommended ES Child size height weight or age Infants Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or Use a child safety seat Or less generally age four or younger sometimes called an toddlers infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small Children who have outgrown or no Use a belt positioning children longer properly fit in a child safety booster seat seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger Children who have outgrown or no Use a vehicle safety children longer properly fit in a belt positioning
190. e at the transmission sump 2 Hourmeter Displays the hours of engine run time 3 Voltmeter Displays electrical system voltage WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle see the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display These indicators function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a 55 malfunction You continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by an authorized dealer Brake System To confirm the brake system warning light is functional it og momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Instrument Cluster 71 WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance
191. e below 12 F 11 C Do not store the DEF bottle in your vehicle If it leaks it could cause damage to interior components or release an ammonia odor inside your vehicle Store DEF out of direct sunlight and in temperatures between 23 F 68 F 5 C 20 C 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 123 NOISE EMISSIONS In order to keep to the federal exterior noise regulations your vehicle may be equipped with noise emission items Depending on your vehicle configuration it may have all or some of the following items Air Intake System Inspect the air cleaner Do not alter its location Do not alter inlet and outlet piping Body Inspect wheel well splash shields cab shields and under hood insulation for deterioration dislocation and orientation Cooling System e Inspect the fan for blade damage If you find any damage replace with the recommended parts Inspect for fan to shroud interference and any damage to shroud such as cracks and holes e Do not change fan ratio or alter fan spacer dimensions and positions e Inspect fan clutch for proper operation Make sure the fan is disengaged when cooling of the engine is not required e Inspect radiator shutters if equipped for proper operation The shutters should be open during normal operating temperatures Engine Valve covers and block covers damp out engine mechanical noise If they need replacing make sure to
192. e ee Ags e ad hee E ee ier 61 Exterior Mirrors L5 444 eas oes B44 eo E XPRESS Poe ere 62 Instrument Cluster 66 Gauges 4 s ce4 de hed tad OHSS Va AER CR S dw S RS 66 Warning lamps and indicators llle 70 Audible warnings and indicators 0 00002 e eee 75 Information Displays 76 Message Center sas Qe cede aS d bed ete X CE PE GES 76 Information messages 78 Climate Control 79 Manual heating and air conditioning 0 4 79 Seats 82 Sitting in the correct position 82 Head restraintisz4 4 ecm are Wace th aap oe dla aide ee MORE RAE Le 83 Manual Seats esi eb4 Shes ebb bed ue ERIS SEEN Hen RE 86 Power Seats 4 oes x RR bx hal eges Coe etd leak epe 87 REITSES reregan ee Ea e Ear RE CAE RL OY Seb ee ee ee eS 90 Heated s t pac ena Ree nett ewe e dd oak whan Pes ares 91 Auxiliary Power Points 93 Starting and Stopping the Engine 94 Ignition Switch 4 4 4 20 244 ihek eng ater ER ENEE E A AN 95 Engine block heater i es beak oH ha x8 Ree ew ee Se 103 Fuel and Refueling 105 F ekguality esene as a gOS n est nah tase tan D ap at del ae erence ee cee We 106 Runningout of fuel ae i406 es babes REY RES Oe eee Ue RA 108 Ret eling isses en Baa he ee eda aq Ape Eee De E eS 109 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Table of Contents Fuel COnsumption A e ai 2 08 ve Se ee E EAT ed Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF iles Transmission Tr
193. e more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Search for and play a specific track which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 325 Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unkno
194. e rapid and irregular tire wear Therefore inflation pressures should be checked daily and always before long distance trips Follow the tire manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure for the tire size type load range ply rating and axle loading typical for your operation Each steer axle tire load equals one half steer axle loading each drive tire load is one quarter the axle loading if fitted with four tires 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 246 Wheels and Tires Checking Tire Pressure Always check inflation pressure when tires are cold Never bleed air from hot tires to relieve normal pressure build up Normal increase in pressure due to service conditions is 10 15 psi 69 103 kPa which is allowable in truck tires Tires should be properly inflated to manufacturers recommended pressure for the size and service load in which the vehicle is being used See the specific tire manufacturer with which your vehicle is equipped with for the latest information concerning service load and inflation pressure It is particularly important to keep moisture from the inside of tires and proper selection of air compressor equipment proper air line routing and the use of shop air dryers is strongly recommended to avoid moisture in the high pressure air used for tire inflation Under inflation Do not allow tires to become under inflated increased flexing due to under inflation
195. e securely mounted Slack adjusters Inspect for broken loose or missing parts Note The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied When pulled by hand the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Verify e There are no cracks dents holes and no loose or missing bolts e The brake linings are not worn dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Inspection Guide 19 Front wheels Inspect for damaged or bent rims They should not have welding repairs and there should be no rust trails which indicate it is loose on the wheel Lug nuts Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose look for rust trails around the lug nuts There should be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes glass if present verify the oil level is adequate Oil lubricated Inspect for proper lubrication level if the hubcap front wheel has a transparent window If the hubcap does not bearings have a transparent window remove the rubber fill plug and inspect for proper level Fuel tank s Verify e Tank s and cap s are secure e There is no damage to the tank s Inspect for leaks from the tank s Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF area DEF tanks Verify e Tanks and caps are secure e There is no damage to the tanks Inspec
196. e speed limit Refueling the fuel tank is increasing the fuel volume level by at least 1596 Final consequence for vehicles equipped with a manual transmission is 1000 RPM Final consequence for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission is 1100 RPM 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 116 Fuel and Refueling Incorrect DEF Quality Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences for Emergency Vehicles Lamps quality Initial warning when detecting Amber engine N incorrect DEF solid Z quality Initial warning 10 hours after Amber engine N detecting incorrect solid Z one DEF quality Replace DEF Final vehicle with consequence Ford approved 20 hours after DEF detecting incorrect DEF quality and Amber engine N engine intentionally solid Ps shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 117 SCR Faults and Vehicle Consequences Lamps No faults None Amber engine None solid and or MIL is 25 torque reduction Initial warning when detecting fault solid Amber engine solid and or MIL is solid Initial warning one hour after detecting fault Torque reduction Amber engine increases solid Secondary warning Correct and five hours after detecting fault and or MIL is solid f
197. ear on both tires indicates too much toe in Rapid inside shoulder wear on both tires indicates too much toe out In P amp D type service there can be a left to right steer tire tread life differential up to 40 depending on routes and other variables 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 200 Maintenance Follow the tire manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure for the tire size load range ply rating and steer axle loading typical for their operation each steer axle tire equals 1 2 steer axle loading Special applications may warrant a setting based on experience with the type of tire operating loads and conditions Radial tires are more sensitive to toe in setting than bias ply tires Fine tuning school bus alignment to line haul truck standards does not drastically improve tire tread life Rear Axle Regular inspections should include e Checking for proper tightness of axle mounting U bolt nuts attaching or mounting bolts and nuts See Spring U bolt checks later in this chapter e Checking the axle for damage binding worn parts and adequate lubrication NoSpin Detroit Locker Positive Locking Differential Vehicles equipped with this type differential have the operator s manual supplied with the vehicle See that manual for maintenance inspections 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 201 Brake System Note
198. eater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 92 Seats Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so could drain your vehicle s battery Press to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights FRONT SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED To release the armrest and gain access to the cupholders and seat back storage bin press the button on the right hand side of the seat and pull the seat back down Pull up on the tab to open the storage bin Lift up on the seat back to return it to the upright position 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Auxiliary Power Points 93 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories i
199. ecking the brake lining every service interval When brake lining or blocks wear within 1 16th inch 1 6 millimeters of rivets replace the brake linings A qualified technician should perform this inspection and keep to instructions provided by the service manual Do not back off or disconnect the front brakes so that they are less effective letting the rear brakes do all the stopping of your vehicle Do not overlook the brakes on the trailer either Brake condition on the trailer is just as important as the tractor Proper brake balance on trucks and tractor trailers is essential for effective braking Once a year inspect the entire brake system e Rubber components for deterioration A qualified technician should inspect these components and replace them as necessary Replacement intervals vary according to the severity and length of vehicle service Condition of brake drums brake chambers and slack adjusters System for air leaks Hose or pipes for rust damage and deterioration Operation of service and parking brakes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 203 Periodically inspect parts such as air brake chamber diaphragm air compressor and air cleaner Replace any parts if you can consider them unserviceable Air dryer Climactic conditions affect performance of desiccant or after cooler type air dryers You must establish a maintenance schedule for each specific operatio
200. ection momentarily hear the motor and pumps replenishing the accumulators Parking brake Verify the parking brake holds the vehicle by gently trying to pull forward with the parking brake applied Air brakes Verify operation using the following procedure Chock the wheels if necessary Push in the parking brake and on tractors push in the tractor parking brake knob 1 Verify the air compressor or governor cutout pressure is approximately 120 psi 827 kPa 2 Turn off the engine and then turn the key back to the on position without starting the engine 3 Without the brake pedal applied note the air pressure drop for one minute It should be less than 2 psi 14 kPa for single vehicles and 3 psi 21 kPa for combination vehicles 4 Press and hold the brake pedal with 90 psi 621 kPa or more Make sure there is no more than a 3 psi 21 kPa per minute leak for single vehicles and a 4 psi 28 kPa per minute leak for combination vehicles 5 Pump the brake pedal to deplete the system of air pressure The warning light and tone should turn on at 57 psi 393 kPa 6 Pump the brake pedal and make sure the parking brake and trailer parking brake knobs pop out at 20 psi 138 kPa or higher Automatic Verify that the fluid level is in the proper transmission fluid operating range See Transmission fluid check in the Maintenance chapter 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicl
201. ed axle as a ratio extender when split shifting is not necessary For low end use just shift the axle into LOW to start out and shift to HIGH when you longer need the extra torque Transmission 5 speed 1st 1st 2na 3rd 4th 5th 6th High end To use the two speed axle as a high end ratio extender stay in the LOW range for normal upshifts and only shift the axle to HIGH on the freeway for greater road speed Transmission 5 speed 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Low for gradeability Axle high 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 139 GENERAL INFORMATION All standard equipment brakes self adjusting Automatic adjustment when required occurs whenever you apply and release the brakes during forward or reverse operation Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present this may indicate worn brake linings Have them inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking an authorized dealer should inspect the vehicle Know the required stopping distances for all driving conditions you may encounter For longer brake lining life take full advantage of engine braking power when coming to a stop WARNING Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal This results in abnormally high brake temperatures excess
202. edia files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary or off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 323 Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your
203. edure Before following the procedure make sure that e the parking brake is set e the gearshift is in position P if equipped or N for an automatic transmission or neutral for a manual transmission the ignition is off all vehicle doors are closed the driver s safety belt is unbuckled the parklamps and headlamps are off Turn the ignition on DO NOT START THE ENGINE Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off approximately one or two minutes e Steps 3 5 must be completed within 60 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off or the procedure has to be repeated 3 Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending with the safety belt in the unbuckled state Nmoreeee 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 53 4 Turn on the parklamps and headlamps then turn them off 5 Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending with the safety belt in the unbuckled state e After Step 5 the safety belt warning light turns on for three seconds 6 Within seven seconds of the light turning on buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This disables the Belt Minder feature if it is currently enabled e This enables the Belt Minder feature if it is currently disabled Confirmation of disabling Belt Minder is provided by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds
204. efine song lt name gt 2015 F 650 750 67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 319 Refine track lt name gt Repeat off Repeat on Search album name Search artist lt name gt 1 3 Search genre lt name gt l lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete Voice command guide Autoplay Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed Search Play Genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 320 SYNC Voice command guide Similar Music The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search Play The system searches for
205. egeneration Unlike a normal filter that requires periodic replacement the DPF can regenerate or clean itself to maintain operating efficiency The regeneration process takes place automatically A small increase in engine or turbo sound level is normal during filter regeneration However some driving conditions mean that you may need to support the regeneration process e Operating in stop and go traffic or maintaining low speeds as in city or delivery driving e Frequent engine starting and stopping e Relatively light vehicle payload e Regular operation in cold ambient temperatures such as below 0 F 18 C Diesel particulate filter four level loading chart Level and lamp status Level 1 ZS solid Level 2 ZS flashing once per second Level 3 ZS flashing A solid Regeneration required Nearly full Engine performance is limited Full Engine performance is increasingly limited Over full Engine performance is highly limited Continued operation may result in irreparable damage to the filter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Filter status Requested action Drive on the highway at highway speeds OR start parked regeneration to prevent loss of engine performance Perform parked regeneration to prevent loss of engine performance Pull vehicle safely off roadway turn on hazard flashers and shut down engine as soon as possible Seek service
206. elf Use the main transmission control to select the various gear ratios or speeds of the transmission Selecting position D does not change the transmission gear ratio but for use where the gear ratios in the main transmission are adequate to handle the vehicle operation If the transmission fails to shift properly check the inline 10A fuse located in the battery cables above the battery Brake shift Interlock Vehicles equipped with a gasoline engine have a brake shift interlock feature that prevents you from moving the gearshift lever from position P when the ignition is in the on position and the brake pedal is not pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of position P with the ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or your vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly See the Fuses chapter WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus
207. els and Tires 247 Proper tire inflation toe in adjustment loads and road speeds are important factors governing tire mileage steering ease and maneuverability Replacing a Tire That is Greenhouse Gas Certified The tires installed on this vehicle at the factory as original equipment are certified for Greenhouse Gas and Fuel Efficiency regulations Replacement tires must be of equal or lower rolling resistance level TRRL or Crr Consult with your tire supplier s for appropriate replacement tires Tire Loading WARNING Loading tires beyond their rated capacity decreases tire life requiring more frequent replacement of tires Overloading creates an unsafe condition that may result in sudden air loss from a tire failure resulting in an accident that could cause property damage personal injury or death Note Your GAW GVW rating is correct at the time of your vehicle production and reflects the exact rating of the tires specified When replacing tires make sure that the replacement tire load rating listed in pounds and kilograms on the tire sidewall is the same or higher than the tire that you are replacing Failure to do so adversely affects maximum load carrying capacity Tires with the same size specification do not always have the same load specification Note The tire installed as original equipment may not be the same as the tire specified on the DOT label but has enough load capacity to carry the GAW GVW specified N
208. elsewhere e Running lights are clean and unbroken Note Inspect rear running lights separately from signal flasher and brake lights Mounting bolts Inspect for loose or missing mounting brackets clamps bolts or nuts Verify solid attachment of both fifth wheel and the slide mounting Platform Inspect for cracks or breaks in the platform structure Safety latch Verify engagement of the safety latch Release arm Verify e The safety latch is in the engaged position e Any safety latch is in place Kingpin and Verify apron e The kingpin is not bent or worn e The apron lies flat on the fifth wheel skid plate e The visible part of the apron is not bent worn cracked or broken 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 22 Vehicle Inspection Guide Inspect for broken or shifted leaves or leaves that are in contact with or nearly contacting a tire rim brake drum frame or body component spring Spring mounts Inspect for any e Cracked or broken spring hangers e Broken missing or loose bolts e Missing or damaged bushings e Broken loose or missing axle mounting parts Torsion arm and Verify torsion arm is not cracked broken or shock absorbers missing Inspect the shock absorber for cracks or leaks There should be no missing or broken mounting bolts or worn bushings e nspect for cracked worn or frayed hoses Verify all couplings are secure Brake chambers Verify
209. er re torque Clean and lubricate the U bolt and nut threads and seats to make sure they are in peak condition when re torqued U bolt Nut Torque Suspension JL ftb Nem Front axle 8500 Ib 8856 kg 180 200 244 271 Front axle 10000 Ib 4536 kg and higher 260 300 353 407 Rear axle with multi leaf 260 300 353 407 Rear axle with IROS air suspension 370 400 502 542 Rear axle with Hendrickson air suspension 400 450 542 610 See air suspension U bolt re torqueing and installation information below Air Suspension U bolt Checks and Re torqueing Procedures 1 Inspect the threads of the U bolt and nut for rust and debris Clean the threads if contaminated 2 Using a torque wrench determine if you can turn any nuts with a force below the specified torque 3 Using the lowest discovered torqued nut as a starting point re tighten the nuts using the sequence listed under Air suspension U bolt and U bolt nut installation Air Suspension U bolt and U bolt Nut Installation 1 Inspect the threads of the U bolt and nut for rust and debris Clean the threads if contaminated 2 Install the U bolts and nuts and torque the nuts to seat the cap flat which is about 18 ft Ib 25 Nem using a diagonal pattern Use the same diagonal pattern for each of the following U bolt nut re torque steps 3 Tighten U bolt nuts in increments of 74 ft lb 100 Nem until tightened to final torque for the particular suspension 2015 F 650 750 f6
210. er compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note For better cooling in hot conditions recirculated air automatically engages when the air distribution control is in Panel or Panel Floor modes and the air conditioning is on You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculated air button again F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal A C G Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired temperature H Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up I Power Press to turn the system on and off When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle GENERAL OPERATING TIPS e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost Temperature and fan speed can also be increased to improve clearing e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at
211. er when servicing your engine or storing your vehicle Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF Diesel Particulate Filter DPF and Select Catalyst Reduction SCR System See your engine operator s manual for information about DEF DPF and SCR system service Air Induction System WARNING When performing maintenance to any turbocharged engine with engine air inlet piping disconnected keep loose clothing jewelry and long hair away from the engine air inlet piping A turbocharger compressor air inlet protective shield should be installed over the turbocharger air inlet to reduce the risk of personal injury or death Perform a complete inspection of the air induction system annually In areas where road salt is used disassemble the joints of each aluminum component and inspect for salt build up and presence of chlorine that can cause aluminum particles to flake off and enter the engine combustion chambers If evidence of corrosion is found usually at the pipe connections use a wire brush to clean the inside of the pipes and inside the rubber hoses If pitting is evident at the joint ends of the intake pipes use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA 30 to seal the joints Make sure no excess material which can pull into the engine is on the inside of the pipes If the service condition of the pipes hoses or clamps is questionable replace the defective part s Make sure to clean all dust and debris out of the pipes and couplings with a
212. es at front wheels when tread is worn to four thirty seconds inch 3 millimeters or less e Rear Axles Remove tires when the tread wears down to two thirty seconds inch 2 millimeters or less Tires identified with the word re groovable molded on the sidewall can be re grooved There must be a minimum of three thirty seconds inch 2 5 millimeters of under tread at the bottom of the grooves Wheel and Tire Balancing Out of round or out of balance wheels or tires can cause vehicle vibration bounce and shimmy Replace damaged or out of round wheels You can correct out of round tires and wheel assemblies by re clocking the tire relative to the wheel You should then dynamically balance the tire and wheel assembly Tire Wear Radial tires can exhibit three types of normal wear patterns e Even e Erosion e Chamfer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wheels and Tires 249 Even wear A sign that the tire is being properly used and maintained Erosion wear Also called rolling wear channel or river wear erosion wear occurs more often on free rolling tires This is an indication of using the tire in a slow wearing operation What happens is that the belt plies are held very rigid and the tread is not allowed to distort as it passes through the contact area Wear only occurs at the edge of the tread No corrective action required If erosion gets to be one sixteenth inch 2 millimeters or more
213. eservoir and or possible freeze up during cold weather 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 204 Maintenance Hydraulic Brakes Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle contact an authorized dealer Regular inspections should include e Checking the brake lining every service interval Establish inspection intervals that provide for lining replacement before damage to the disc occurs Excessive lining wear may expose the backing plate to the disc causing scoring of the disc faces A qualified technician should perform this inspection and keep to instructions provided by the service manual Hydraulic brake systems are power assisted There is a great reduction in braking capabilities without engine assist e Proper fluid level The level should be at the bottom edge of the ring on each reservoir fill port Do not fill the master cylinder to the top of the reservoir If fluid level requires attention to maintain a proper master cylinder level this is an indication of either severe operation pad wear or fluid leakage A more frequent and thorough brake inspection is required e Brake lines hoses and fittings Repair or replace brake line tubes hoses or fit
214. ess MENU to go to the PHONE menu Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can e Answer the call by pressing the phone button e Reject the call by pressing and holding the phone button e Ignore the call by doing nothing 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 296 SYNC Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place
215. ether Straps and Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children in this chapter for more information USING TETHER STRAPS Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The passenger seats of your vehicle may be equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle may be straps on the seat back or an anchor bracket mounted to the body shell on the back panel 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 39 The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view e Regular Cab e Crew Cab Er ee amp Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed u
216. etooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful D gm wk 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 293 Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to
217. fication of the fan shroud Replacing a fixed fan with a fan of increased diameter different number of blades or different pitch width DEF Diesel Removal or rendering inoperative DEF system exhaust fluid components including the DEF tank dosing module dosing supply module dosing control unit NOx electronic module or NOx sensor Emissions Control System s Laws Federal law prohibits vehicle manufacturers dealers and other persons engaged in the business of repairing servicing selling leasing or trading motor vehicles as well as fleet operators from knowingly removing or rendering an emissions control device or system inoperative Further modifications of the emissions control system s could create liability on the part of individual owners under the laws of some states In Canada modification of the emissions control system could create liability under applicable Federal or Provincial laws Maintenance Instructions for maintenance and service of the noise control system have been included in the required maintenance services and in the general maintenance section To further help minimize noise emissions degradation throughout the life of your vehicle Ford Motor Company recommends that you operate this vehicle in the manner described within this owner s manual Caution should be exercised by the owner when installing replacement parts to be sure that a tampering act as outlined above is not committed Note any inspe
218. field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 316 SYNC Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can c
219. full Initial warning threshold 2096 full Critical warning DEF threshold 15 full blinking ES DEF First vehicle consequence 12 5 full Second vehicle consequence Empty System cannot maintain DEF pressure Final vehicle consequence Empty and engine intentionally shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled Eug Eug DEF solid 5 blinking ES Amber engine solid DEF blinking ES Amber engine solid DEF blinking Amber engine solid tZ and or MIL is solid Red engine solidi 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Consequence Remedy Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank 2596 torque reduction Torque reduction increases from 2596 to 4096 at rate of 196 each minute e 4096 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit e 1000 RPM engine speed limit Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank Allow the system to prime 114 Fuel and Refueling Low DEF Level Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences Above initial warning threshold Over 25 full Below initial warning threshold 25 full Critical warning threshold 20 full First vehicle consequence 15 full Final vehicle consequence Empty
220. gine If you operate your vehicle in a heavy snowstorm or blowing snow conditions the engine air induction may partially clog with snow or ice If this occurs the engine may experience a significant reduction in power output At the earliest opportunity clear all the snow or ice away from the air induction inlet 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 95 IGNITION SWITCH Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could discharge your vehicle battery A Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the non SYNC radio to operate while the engine is not running The SYNC or CD equipped radio will not function in the Accessory position of the ignition switch B Lock Locks the automatic transmission gearshift lever if equipped with position P and allows key removal C Off Shuts off the engine and all accessories D On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lights are illuminated Key position when driving E Start Cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked Before starting your vehicle e Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts e Make sure the headlamps
221. h may result in transmission or axle damage Note Do not shift the axle to LOW with your vehicle is moving Use LOW when you drive a fully loaded vehicle on a severe grade or in congested traffic Press the upper portion of the switch Use HIGH for all normal driving conditions with a lightly loaded or partially loaded vehicle Press the lower portion of the switch 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 138 Transmission To shift the axle from LOW to HIGH with your vehicle stopped place the transmission in position N then press the lower part of the switch To shift the axle from LOW to HIGH with your vehicle moving accelerate to approximately 35 mph 56 km h press the lower part of the switch while the transmission is in position N then release and apply the accelerator To shift the axle from HIGH to LOW with the vehicle stopped place the transmission in position N then press the upper part of the switch Split shifting Combined Axle and Transmission Shift Manual Transmission Only To downshift the axle to a slower ratio and shift the transmission shift the transmission and move the switch to the lower ratio before the clutch is re engaged To upshift the axle and shift the transmission move the switch to a faster ratio and make the transmission shift in the usual manner Ratio combination IG 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 fofi Ratio Extender Use Low end You can use a two spe
222. h the wheels out of alignment 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 176 Driving Hints DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially if you do not know the depth Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the hubs Traction or brake capability may be limited and your vehicle may stall Water may also enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine drive axles or the transmission through the breather ports Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 177 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the U S Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty and is not applicable to vehicles sold in Canada The services are available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the New Vehicle Limited Warranty period U S of two years unlimited miles Roadside assistance covers e battery jump start e lock out assistance Key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility e towing F
223. has a low seatback or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seatback or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 31 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips NS If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2015 F
224. he Tire Label e Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid levels including engine coolant engine oil and fuel to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels e If you remove the battery clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wheels and Tires 243 TIRES Tire Inflation Information WARNING Always maintain your tires in good condition Frequently check and maintain correct inflation pressures as specified by tire manufacturers Inspect periodically for abnormal wear patterns and repair replace cut or broken tire casings Always use experienced trained personnel with proper equipment and correct procedures to mount or remove tires and wheels Failure to adhere to these warnings could result in wheel or tire malfunction damage to your vehicle personal injury or death WARNING To avoid personal injury or death always follow these instructions when mounting radial tires on wheels e Only personnel that have had proper training and experience should mount or remove tires from rims or wheels e Use only heavy duty rims or approved rims for radial tires It may be necessary to contact your wheel and rim distributor to determine if you can use radial tires with your rims e If you are u
225. he engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge moves to the red hot area 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 215 e The information display indicates the engine is overheating e The service engine soon indicator illuminates If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When Fail Safe Mode Turns On WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Note Driving your vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive your vehicle with caution Your vehicle is not able to maintain high speed operation and the engine runs rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine Have your vehicle taken to an authorized dealer If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool Check the coolant level and replenish if low Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK gus com c Allison Automatic Transmissions See your
226. he gear positions Allison 3000 Note For more information about this transmission see the separate Allison 3000 Series Operator s Manual The Allison 3000 series offers two shift modes Performance and Economy Performance mode gives the best all around transmission operation The transmission defaults to this mode when you start the engine Pressing MODE on the shifter switches to Economy mode and illuminates the Mode ON lamp Economy mode provides operation at lower engine RPM while maintaining adequate performance If the engine speed is above idle when a gear is selected using the shifter the vehicle does not move the shifter must be moved to re select a gear after the engine speed returns to idle Torque Lock If you park your vehicle on an incline without properly engaging position P by shifting into position P before applying the parking brake the weight of the vehicle may generate an excessive amount of torque on the parking pawl This makes it difficult to shift the transmission out of position P Hold the brake pedal down while shifting out of position P then release the parking brake 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Transmission 133 Allison 3000 Series Push Button Shifter To shift to Reverse or Drive 1 Press the brake pedal 2 Press R or D on the shifter 3 Release the brake pedal To select a higher range when in Drive press the up arrow button
227. hich is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 44 Safety Belts WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident The front and rear outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The front and rear seat passenger outboard safety belts have vehicle sensitive emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors The safety belt system consists of e Lap and shoulder safety belts e Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt e Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions e Safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning light and indicator chime later in this chapter FASTENING THE SAFETY BELT
228. hicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 315 To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options User Preferences Automatic Reports Press OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mileage intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other
229. hicle if any suspension conditions listed in the following charts are evident Loss of steering or suspension could result in property damage personal injury or death WARNING If a wheel must be changed obtain expert tire service help Mounting and un mounting of tires should only be performed by a qualified technician using necessary safety procedures and equipment otherwise the result could be property damage personal injury or death Note Always make sure you apply the parking brake before starting the engine 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 14 Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine compartment with engine off Engine oil Use the dipstick to verify the oil level is in the proper operating range See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter Engine coolant Look through the plastic reservoir or the clear sight glass on the reservoir depending upon vehicle equipment and verify the coolant level is within the proper operating range Do not remove the pressure cap until the coolant has cooled See Engine coolant check in the Maintenance chapter Power steering Verify that the fluid level is in the proper operating fluid range See Power steering fluid check in the Maintenance chapter Brake fluid Remove the master cylinder caps and inspect ME the fluid level See Brake fluid check in the Maintenance chapter Clutch fluid Remove the cap and inspect the fluid level See Clutch fl
230. hout a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 313 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel Ke call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to
231. ht and locked Check system for leaks or hose chafing Repair immediately if necessary e Maintaining proper steering gear and power steering pump lubricant levels e Checking steering column joint bolts and steering linkage particularly for body to chassis clearance Steering Column Joint Bolts As a good maintenance practice check steering column joint bolt tightness every 60000 miles 96000 kilometers or annually whichever occurs first Do not overtighten the bolts Hydraulic System Whenever draining and refilling the power steering s hydraulic system for any reason bleed air from the system before returning the vehicle to service Failure to bleed the hydraulic system properly can result in degradation of power system performance Consult an authorized dealer who is aware of the proper procedures for filling and bleeding the system Catalytic Converter Diesel Engine Note If your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter or muffler do not blend waste oil with diesel fuel Operate only on ultra low sulfur less than 15 parts per million sulfur diesel fuel with a cetane value of 45 or higher 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 206 Maintenance If your diesel engine is equipped with a catalytic converter it is important to review the maintenance schedule to make sure proper functioning of the catalytic converter Also take precautions not to damage the catalytic convert
232. iesel engine only It illuminates when the diesel exhaust fluid level falls below one Wa gallon 3 8L in the 5 gallon 19 0L tank or two gallons 7 6L in the 9 gallon 34 0L tank Refill the tank or at a minimum add at least one gallon 3 8L to the 5 gallon 19 0L tank or two gallons 7 6L to the 9 gallon 34 0L tank Diesel Particulate Filter diesel engine only EEN lt illuminates when the soot level in the diesel particulate filter E SUME has reached a point where it requires operator assistance See Diesel particulate filter in the Maintenance chapter and your engine operator s manual for more details Do Not Shift Allison automatic transmission only E It illuminates while driving if a transmission problem exists shifting may be restricted Depending on the severity of the problem the shifter s digital read out may turn blank SHIFT Operation may continue in order to reach service assistance The control unit may not respond to shift selector requests since there are operating limitations on the transmission such as upshift and downshift restrictions Direction changes do not occur Direction Indicator It illuminates when you turn on the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Electronic Locking Differential It illuminates when using the electronic locking differential bd Engine Oil Pressure gasoline engine onl
233. il Position ei Q To actuate the trailer brakes only pull out the trailer air supply knob A This applies the trailer brakes whether the trailer uses emergency or spring brakes You can also use this mode when the tractor or truck with trailer is used during bobtail operation 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 150 Brakes PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic Brakes WARNING Do not use the gearshift selector in place of the parking brake Always set the parking brake fully AND make sure the gearshift selector is in position R for vehicles equipped with a manual transmission or position P if equipped or N for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission Use of wheel chocks is also recommended in hilly or off road usage Unexpected and possible sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the parking brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your dealer or a qualified service technician Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake pull the handle up until it snaps into the locked position When the parking brake is out of adjustment seek service immediately The parking brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster Q illuminates and remains illuminated when you switch on the ignition until you release the parking brake Push
234. ilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Appendices 339 provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of
235. in the belt system always adjust the seat height before fastening the seat belt Non Air Ride Seat The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion e Press A to raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion e Press B to move the seat forward backward up or down e Press C to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion Air Ride Seat Type 1 A Recline Lift the handle to adjust the angle of the seatback 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Seats 89 ee ee CH Power lumbar Press the top of the forward control to inflate the lower lumbar support Press the bottom of the forward control to deflate the lower lumbar support Press the top of the rear control to inflate the upper lumbar support Press the bottom of the rear control to deflate the upper lumbar support Seat height adjuster Pull the control up to raise the seat Push the control down to lower the seat Seat adjuster Lift the bar up to move the seat forward or backward Release the bar to lock the seat in position Type 2 een A Recline Rotate the handle to adjust the angle of the seatback B e e Lumbar Press the lever up to inflate the lumbar Press the lever down to deflate the lumbar Seat height adjust Press the lever up to raise the seat height Press the elver down to lower the seat height 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Gui
236. instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Care 239 e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens e o not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Your warranty may not cover this damage If a staining liquid like coffee or juice spills on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If you cannot completely clean the spot by this method you can try cleaning the area using a commercially available cleaning product designed for
237. intenance chapter for lubricant check intervals 1 Park your vehicle on level ground 2 Set the parking brake and shift into position N or P automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission Turn the engine off 3 Clean any dirt from around the axle filler plug 4 Remove the filler plug and inspect the lubricant level It should be at the bottom of the filler plug opening 5 Add lubricant if necessary through the filler plug opening 6 Clean and install the filler plug securely Changing the Fluid See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for lubricant change intervals 1 Drain the rear axle while the lubricant is warm 2 Park your vehicle on level ground 3 Set the parking brake and shift into position N or P automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission Turn the engine off 4 Clean any dirt from around the rear axle filler and drain plugs 5 Remove the filler and drain plugs Drain the lubricant into a suitable container Dispose of all used automotive fluids in a responsible manner following your local authorized standards 6 Clean and install the drain plug securely 7 Add lubricant through the filler plug opening 8 Clean and install the filler plug securely 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 220 Maintenance SPRING U BOLT CHECKS Check U bolt nuts and re torque every 36000 miles 60000 kilometers after initial 1000 mile 1600 kilomet
238. ions and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 338 Appendices SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content
239. is not functioning correctly the vehicle may inadvertently move which could result in property damage personal injury or death If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission regularly inspect the transmission s neutral start switch The engine should only start in position N or P Inspect the transmission fluid level and shift linkage for proper operation 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 24 Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll fre
240. ition P and leave the engine running Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag Install the dipstick making sure to seat it fully in the filler tube Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated area for normal operating temperature or ambient temperature Cen Enge 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 217 Low Fluid Level Do not drive your vehicle if there is no indication of fluid on the dipstick and the ambient temperature is J l above 50 F 10 C Correct Fluid Level Check the fluid at normal operating temperature 196 F 216 F 91 C 102 C on a level surface The fluid reaches normal operating temperature after approximately 20 miles 80 kilometers of driving High Fluid Level Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission E fluid may cause shift or engagement OEE concerns and possible damage Overheating conditions can cause high fluid levels Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels Note Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The dipstick handle normally indicates which type of fluid to use You can also find the fluid specification in the Capacities and Specifications chapter If necessary
241. ive lining wear and increased stopping distances Before descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Normally choose the same gear to descend the hill that you use to ascend the hill WARNING Continuous application of the brakes causes the brakes to overheat resulting in a temporary loss of braking See the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the fg brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes If Brakes Do Not Grip Well e If you have been driving through deep water gently apply the brakes several times while your vehicle is moving slowly e Let the brakes cool if you have been using them excessively as in mountain driving or after several fast high speed stops e Check brake adjustment e Check brake linings for excessive wear e Check system air pressure on vehicles equipped with air brakes 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 140 Brakes Anti lock Brake System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking The ABS lamp momentarily illuminates when you switch on the 55 ignition If the light does not illuminate during start up if it remains on or flashes the ABS may not be working and requires servicing
242. juries To help avoid injuries to you and others e Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 110 Fuel and Refueling e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel Filler Cap WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap
243. jus ojny pue onewomy Pere tr T LOTR AT Fe pu pepw s pea e s e mon Fors ore zer sor wr oat 96 ez sv ve EE Fost fect foarfsorfos s Tweet oor ou ISI s1n220 ABAVYITYM SYJUOU 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV TAON AO CAM 00096 STATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 356 vais JAA or pue yoouy woskg AJAA PMLA sneyxg posorq ES EES Eege EE SE del d en EC d od IPINI SIOPUT AD xoo s1oxturs souo1e soSutu 100 sjuouoduro qe EECHER E RER SR ER EH So Forc ore ver ser vr oer 96 zz er ve CODENA Fosr ser om sor os s os s or er U i oo ISI 1990 IIAMPITYM SYJUOW 10 sS1o3ouro p eat penunuo XTIVONNV FAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHDIH NO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 357 Scheduled Maintenance unt 00009T SETA 000007 ISeT 91 ur peourdoz jou j ubt 0000 sat 0000 18 oda un 000761 sopu 0000c T pue W 000091 Serm 000007 Je Jedsuy S 9q ap amp 10sseooe Joodsu ssnid yreds ooe dog eutSuo oUT OSes soe dat Joy ire ISU eurSuo outpose8 3oedsur Joy Ie out WY 00008 S 0000 10 stead very amp roao uou ISIH SOUIOD IOADYITYA WY 000091 SETI 000007 JO SIR xis IN eurguo out ose8 ooe do1 ue ooo susug UOTJEPUSUNLULODAL s IoInjoejnueur 93g ourguo osorp ooe do1 jue ooo af Daa U
244. kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period Start measuring after driving 2000 3000 miles 8200 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 9 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5b Calculate fuel economy as follows e Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used e Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 112 Fuel and Refueling Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter shows how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION SCR SYSTEM DIESEL ENGINE ONLY Your vehicle is equipped with a selective catalytic reduction SCR system to help reduce emission levels of oxides of nitrogen from the exhaust of the diesel engine The system automatically injects diesel exhaust fluid DE
245. l FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest Ford dealership If the dealership employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 186 Customer Assistance Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has 77 a defect which could c
246. large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance drain the cooling system chemically clean it with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refill it with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications for more information Whenever you add coolant check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 214 Maintenance Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards
247. ld like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my lt Ford or Lincoln gt Cr qu ee UOS DS Yes No Why Where R you 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 302 SYNC Pre defined text message options I need more directions Can t wait to see you I m stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select You can Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 303 Message N
248. le on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history T
249. length so that the tongue can reach the buckle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 46 Safety Belts Fastening the Cinch Tongue WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as low as possible around the hips not across the waist 1 Pull the lap and shoulder belt from the retractor so that the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt crosses your shoulder and chest 2 Be sure the belt is not twisted If the belt is twisted remove the twist 3 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle for your seating position until you hear a snap and feel it latch 4 Make sure the tongue is securely fastened to the buckle by pulling on the tongue While you are fastened in the safety belt the lap and shoulder belt with cinch tongue adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt becomes locked and helps reduce your forward movement Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combinatio
250. ler See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 274 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The VIN is on the Vehicle Rating Decal attached to the vehicle on the edge of the driver s door or B Pillar The VIN also serves as the warranty number If you ever find it necessary to communicate with Ford Motor Company about your vehicle always include the VIN in your communication VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP FRONT GIP REAR GJP VIN 33000 LB AJN 12000 LB AJN 21 LB vie w g 21000 RIV 14969 KG RIE 5443 KG Hl 9525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 2006 IW MI 1 Wl VIN BARCODE HERE Jill III IMM II Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX Axle XX Tran X The Natio
251. ll the inspection cover See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for service intervals 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 223 POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Note To avoid damage to the power steering system do not operate your vehicle with a low power steering fluid level Note If adding fluid is necessary use only the appropriate fluid See the Capacities and Specifications chapter A low fluid level may indicate a leak in the power steering system Inspect the power steering system and repair the leak or see an authorized dealer or a qualified technician for service See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the recommended service intervals Check the fluid level when it is at ambient temperature 20 F 80 F 7 C 25 C 1 Set the parking brake and then start the engine 2 Shift into position N or P if equipped automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission and turn the engine off Open the hood Clean the top of the power steering fluid reservoir Remove the dipstick from the reservoir and wipe the dipstick clean Reinstall the dipstick Remove it again and check the fluid level Check the MAX COLD side of the dipstick if the fluid is cool or warm to the touch approximately ADD FULL X MAX COLD 68 F 120 F 20 C 49 C The fluid level should be within the FULL range If necessary add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level
252. lly engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Power Folding Mirrors If Equipped Note Using the mirrors 10 or more times within one minute or repeated folding and unfolding of the mirrors while holding the control down during full travel may disable the system to protect motors from overheating Wait approximately three minutes with your vehicle running and up to 10 minutes with your vehicle off for the system to reset and for function to return to normal Pull the control back to fold the L R a mirrors On Loose Mirror If your power folding mirrors are manually folded they may not work properly even after you reposition them You need to reset them if e The mirrors vibrate when you drive e The mirrors feel loose e The mirrors do not stay in the folded or unfolded position e One of the mirrors is not in its normal driving position To reset the power fold feature use the power folding mirror control to fold and unfold the mirrors You may hear a loud noise as you reset the power folding mirrors This sound is normal Repeat this process as needed each time the mirrors are manually folded Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped The heated exterior mirrors switch on with the heated mirror switch See Heated mirrors in the Climate Control chapter Signal Indicator Mirrors If Equipped The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn sig
253. ls suspended take extra precautions to avoid transmission or differential damage e Remove the axle shafts from the axle assembly to prevent the wheels from driving the differential and the transmission e Cover the wheel hub ends to prevent loss of axle lubricant and entrance of other contaminants If you do not remove the axle shafts removal of the driveshaft is required Towing the Vehicle with the Rear Wheels Suspended Note To avoid damage to the cab roof or air deflector when towing your vehicle backward rear wheels suspended remove the air deflector Whenever possible it is preferable to tow a disabled vehicle from the rear by raising the rear of the chassis When towing a vehicle with the rear of the chassis suspended you must lock the front wheels in the straight ahead position Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission must have at least 1 0 pint 0 5 liter of transmission fluid drained from the case This prevents the transmission fluid from entering the clutch housing and saturating the clutch discs Make sure to replace the transmission fluid before returning your vehicle to service 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Towing 173 Towing Vehicles Equipped with a Driver controlled Differential Lock Note If you have to tow your vehicle to a service facility with the drive axle wheels on the ground it is necessary to remove the axle shafts before towing your vehicle
254. mance improves fuel economy and reduces noise e Bimetallic spring sensors control Do not tamper with these sensors as this may change their calibration or keep the fan clutch from operating at all Gasoline Engine Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of engine coolant at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note If the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding engine coolant in this section Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from an authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the
255. mation in the Information Displays chapter for information on Miles to Empty Diesel Engine Avoid running out of fuel as this allows air to enter the fuel system which makes restarting your vehicle difficult 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 109 If you have run out of fuel e If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks adding four five gallons 15 19 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than four five gallons 15 19 liters may be required e The fuel system must be primed before attempting to restart the engine See your engine operator s manual for instructions on priming the engine e Use caution not to overheat and damage the starter by cranking the engine for an excessive period You may need to crank the engine for a longer time than normal If the engine fails to start in 30 seconds turn the ignition to the off position and wait for two minutes before cranking the engine again e Any remaining trapped air self purges from the fuel system once the engine starts running e The engine may run rough and produce white smoke while air is in the fuel system This is normal and should stop after a short period See General information in the Information Displays chapter for information on Miles to Empty REFUELING WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe in
256. may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer your vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for Underinflated tire s on any wheel s Uneven vehicle loading High crown in center of road High crosswinds Wheels out of alignment Loose or worn suspension components 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Driving Aids 163 AIR SUSPENSION IF EQUIPPED Note Do not operate your vehicle without air in the suspension springs Operating your vehicle without air in the suspension springs damages the suspension degrades ride performance and may cause property damage The air suspension system automatically adjusts to different loads to maintain a constant frame height allows for ease of vehicle loading provides improved vehicle ride and increased driver comfort Air Suspension Dump Switch Note The suspension dumps air when the ignition is in the accessory or on position but fills only when the ignition is in the on position A switch located in the overhead i switch pack controls the system It z operates only when the ignition is in the accessory or on position and the CL air tanks have sufficient pressure to o o fill the air springs When you turn off the ignition the suspension remains in whatever state it was last set Pressing the lower portion of the s
257. mber clamps are removed If you release air pressure from the spring brake chamber the power spring applies the brake and unless air pressure can be re established you must release the spring brake as follows in order to move your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 155 WARNING Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from 5 moving WARNING Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement 5 may occur if these precautions are not taken Do not use impact wrenches as they may damage the piston and prevent proper caging of the spring Do not apply more than 50 foot pounds 68 newton meters torque to the release bolt nut 1 Remove the stud tool and nut from the carrying pocket on the brake chamber assembly 2 Remove the access plug from the end of the spring chamber 3 Insert the release stud through the opening in the chamber and into the spring pressure plate 4 Turn the release stud 1 4 turn to engage the stud tangs with the slot in the pressure plate Keep the stud engaged and install the nut on the release stud 5 Tighten the nut until the spring is fully caged and brakes released Do not loosen or remove the release stud and nut unless you completely assemble and securely clamp the brake chamber 6 After restoring the air pressure unscrew and remove the release stud and install in the carrying pocket Install the access plug
258. modifications to the engine or vehicle Modifications causing increased amounts of unburned fuel to reach the exhaust system can significantly increase the temperature of the engine compartment and the exhaust system Avoid driving your vehicle if it does not operate properly If the engine diesels more than five seconds of engine run on after shut off misfires surges stalls or backfires see an authorized dealer Be alert for fluid leakage odor smoke loss of oil pressure or charge indicator or over temperature warning 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 350 Scheduled Maintenance Vehicles equipped with a diesel engine cannot use diesel fuel blended with waste oil if equipped with a catalytic converter muffler Waste lube oil blending in fuel plugs the catalytic converter muffler resulting in a significant loss of engine power Noise Emissions Warranty Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance On January 1 1978 Federal regulations became effective governing the noise emissions on trucks over 10000 pounds 4536 kilograms GVWR The following statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance and the noise warranty are found in the warranty information and are applicable to completed trucks Tampering with Noise Control System Prohibited Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof 1 The removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than for
259. move the four screws and the lamp lens from the lamp assembly 2 Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the socket 3 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs specifications are in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to make sure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs do not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and provide quality bulb illumination time Function Number of Trade Number Bulbs H6054 Front turn signal lamps 1157 Front sidemarker lamps parking 2 amber 194 lamps Brake lamps tail lamps stop lamps 1 each side 1157 rear turn signals lamps license plate lamps 1156 Front clearance and identification lamps Note To replace all instrument panel lights see an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 234 Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degre
260. move the lever up completely 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 146 Brakes Trailer Air Supply and Parking Brake Modular Controls If Equipped Initial Charge q o 4 The trailer air supply valve delivers air to the trailer supply and automatically pops out shutting off the trailer supply if pressure decreases to approximately 35 psi 249 kPa The parking brake controls the spring brakes on the tractor When you pull the knob out it causes the trailer supply valve to pop out applying both the tractor and trailer parking brakes You can indepdently release the trailer brakes by pushing only the trailer air supply valve in With the air system completely discharged both knobs A and B are out When the air pressure reaches 70 psi 483 kPa the trailer air supply A red knob may be pushed in and should stay in charging the trailer air system and releasing the trailer brakes 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Brakes 147 B Ba You can push in the parking brake B yellow knob and supply air to the tractor spring brakes releasing them Normal Driving Position B Ba Push in both knobs to supply air to both trailer and tractor spring brakes releasing all brakes 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 148 Brakes System
261. mperature TI ot If you must add transmission fluid see your Allison Automatic Transmission Operator s Manual for the correct fluid type Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage TorqShift Automatic Transmission See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However you should check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive your vehicle until it is at normal operating temperature approximately 20 miles 30 kilometers Verify that the transmission fluid temperature gauge located on the instrument cluster is within the normal range 1 Drive your vehicle 20 miles 30 kilometers or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park your vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake With the engine running parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage Latch the gearshift lever in pos
262. n The use of an air dryer on a vehicle does not eliminate the need to drain the air reservoirs periodically Desiccant air dryer Inspect for moisture in the air system by opening reservoirs draincocks or valves and checking for presence of water The presence of small amounts of water due to condensation is normal and is not an indication that the dryer is not functioning properly Replace or rebuild the desiccant cartridge when you determine that the desiccant is contaminated and does not have adequate water absorption capacity The desiccant change interval may vary A general recommendation is to replace the desiccant every 12 months yearly If experience has shown that extended or shortened life has resulted for a particular installation then the yearly interval can be increased or decreased accordingly Draining the air brake reservoir Completely drain all the air brake reservoirs daily by opening the draincock at the ends of the tanks Where accessible Pull chains are used when the drains are undercab or otherwise inaccessible Close the draincock after draining Manually drain any air tanks equipped with automatic moisture ejector valves as required to maintain a dry air system Contact an authorized dealer if you are unsure of the air reservoir locations or the draining procedure WARNING Failure to drain air brake reservoirs can result in a reduction or loss of braking ability due to fluid accumulation in the r
263. n the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and auto accept prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting Text messaging is e This is a e Go to the website to review not working on phone dependent your phone s compatibility SYNC feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 331 cause s I am having Possible device e Try turning off the device trouble malfunction resetting the device or removing connecting my the device s battery then trying device again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not This is a device Make sure you are not leaving recognize my limitation the device in your vehicle device when I during very hot or cold turn on the car temperatures Bluetooth audio e This is a Make sure the device is does not stream phone dependent connected to SYNC and that you feature O
264. n lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Safety Belts 47 Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle crash all safety belts should be checked for proper function All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt and the optional front and rear center seat safety belt have the first locking mode described below only All outboard passenger and outboard rear safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt
265. n the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter of this owner s manual Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommen
266. nal 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 65 Clearance Lamps If Equipped The lower outer portion of the mirror housings illuminate when you switch on the headlamps or parking lamps Telescoping Mirrors If Equipped This feature allows the mirror to extend approximately 3 inches 75 millimeters It is especially useful when towing a trailer You can manually push or pull the mirrors in to the desired position PowerScope Power Telescoping Mirrors If Equipped This feature lets you position both mirrors at the same time The switch is on the door trim panel To telescope the mirrors out press and hold the left side of the switch When you fully extend the mirrors it is normal to hear the telescoping motors running as long as you continue to hold the switch To telescope the mirrors in press and hold the right side of the switch 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 66 Instrument Cluster GAUGES DIESEL ENGINE A B C D Cd e oe G F E Cluster shown in standard measure Metric similar A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Diesel exhaust fluid DEF gauge D Fuel gauge E Speedometer F Information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information G Tachometer Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates engine oil pressure
267. nal Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label is on either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 275 TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP FRONT GIP REAR GJP e N 33000 LG A N 1200 LB N 21000 LB Rly 14969 KG ple 5443 KG ale 9525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 2006 WE WM vm BARCODE HERE lilt LIE I Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX Axle XX Tran X You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table tells you which transmission each code represents Six speed TorgShift automatic 6R140 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 276 Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Fact
268. nd contact a physician Clean affected skin with soap and water If DEF is swallowed drink plenty of water and contact a physician immediately WARNING Refill DEF in a well ventilated area When opening the cap on the DEF tank or bottle containing DEF ammonia vapors may escape The vapors can be irritating to skin eyes and mucous membranes Inhaling ammonia vapors can cause burning to the eyes throat and nose and cause coughing and watery eyes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 119 Note Do not put DEF in the fuel tank or any other tank on your vehicle This can cause damage to components not covered by your vehicle s warranty Your vehicle is equipped with a DEF tank with a blue capped filler port The 5 gallon 19 0L DEF tank is located on the left side of your vehicle under the cab The 9 gallon 84 0L DEF tank is located on the right side of your vehicle behind the cab Regular Cab and Super Cab or under the cab Crew Cab The tank can be filled using a nozzle at a DEF filling station similar to fuel fill or using a DEF bottle with a spout We recommend using Motorcraft brand DEF bottles You can use other aftermarket bottles but the bottles should have a seal on the spout and an internal vent tube to achieve best fill performance and prevent overfilling You can buy DEF at an authorized dealer most highway truck stops or you can contact roadside assistance f
269. nd result in property damage and or personal injury Switch the ignition on and wait until the glow plug indicator CO goes off Note You can only operate the starter for a maximum of 30 seconds at a time Allow two minutes before cranking the starter again Note On some engines the glow plug indicator illuminates after the engine starts Allow the engine to idle about three minutes or until the engine coolant temperature gauge begins to rise Maintain idle speed until the glow plug indicator goes off Operating the engine at higher speeds reduces the effectiveness of the air inlet heater Note When starting a cold engine increase the engine RPM slowly to make sure adequate lubrication is available to the bearings 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 98 Starting and Stopping the Engine Note Do not increase engine speed until the oil pressure gauge indicates normal pressure The oil pressure gauge should indicate this within 15 seconds after starting Note Idle the engine for three to five minutes before operating with a full load Note Try to limit engine idle to 10 minutes Excessive idling reduces fuel economy Vehicles with a Manual Transmission Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the clutch pedal 2 Start the engine Vehicles with an Automatic Transmission Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Select position N or P Gf equipped with a Park
270. nd settings C AUDIO Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance D SEEK Press this button to go to the previous or next strong station on the frequency band 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Audio System 279 E Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns F AM FM Press this button to select a frequency band and access media through the auxiliary input jack G VOL PUSH e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn the control to adjust the volume AM FM CD WITH SYNC A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B CD slot Insert a CD C Tune Press this button to manually search through the radio frequency band Press and hold for a fast search 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Pri
271. ndow Over a period if not routinely cleaned a slight film of oil can collect dirt around the rubber fill plug and face which could appear to be a leak Routine cleaning helps make sure that you can easily observe the lubricant level through the window as intended In situations where the window is clean on the outside but discolored on the inside you can check the lubricant level by inserting a finger through the rubber check vent hole The specified lubricant level for a window type hubcap is from the minimum line to five sixteenth inch 8 millimeters above the minimum line If the lubricant level should suddenly drop dramatically below the minimum level see the Workshop Manual for diagnostic procedure Installation Tightening and Alignment Make sure the threads on the studs and nuts are clean to permit correct torque when installing wheels The mounting surfaces of rims wheels spacer rings and clamps must be free of dirt rust lubricants or damage Use a wire brush to clean the mounting contact surfaces Do not use lubricant on threads 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wheels and Tires 251 After properly tightening the rim or wheel check it for proper alignment Rotate the wheel with a piece of chalk attached to a steady firm surface and placed to just barely clear the outside surface of the tire bead seat this procedure points out the high spot A high spot does not necessarily
272. ne oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API Oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Check the engine oil level 2 Ifthe engine oil level is not within the normal range add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications for more information Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil dipstick 4 Put the dipstick back in completely 5 Fully install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks or stops turning ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on checking and adding engine coolant Fan Clutches WARNING Stay clear of the fan and fan area while the engine is running or possible personal injury may occur 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 212 Maintenance Your vehicle s cooling system is equipped with a viscous fan clutch which e Helps control cooling increases perfor
273. nformation provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 342 Appendices General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring
274. ng April 2014 USA fus Audio System 285 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Troubleshooting Radio display Possible action Acquiring Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel No Signal Updating Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel There is an internal module or system failure present The channel is no longer available Your subscription does not include this channel The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress No action required This message should disappear shortly If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process may take up to three minutes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf
275. nt system can cause personal injury Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system Capacity Ford part Ford part name number Ford specification Air conditioning 2 38 Ib 1 08 kg Mortorcraft YN 19 US refrigerant R 134a CYN 16 R Refrigerant Canada WSH M17B19 A Air conditioning 9 0 fl oz Motorcraft YN 24 compressor oil 266 2 mL Heavy Truck WST M1C231 B2 PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil Note This system uses mineral based refrigerant oil to lubricate O rings and fittings Note Torque the captured washer nut to 170 190 inch pounds 19 21 Newton meters after servicing Fuel Tanks Gasoline engine Capacity Gallons Liters Single steel rectangular 42 159 60 227 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 273 Capacity Gallons Liters Single steel rectangular 35 132 Single steel rectangular 45 170 Single steel rectangular 65 246 Single steel D style 65 246 Dual steel rectangular 35 RH 45 LH 132 RH 170 LH Dual steel rectangular 45 45 110 170 Single steel D style 80 303 Dual steel D style 50 50 189 189 246 RH 170 LH MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS 6 8L V10 Engine Air filter element FA 1889 Oil filter FL 820 S BH 31 XT 950 CCA Spark plugs platinum HJFS 24P SP 509 Wiper blade WW 2236 For spark plug replacement see an authorized dea
276. nting April 2014 USA fus 280 Audio System D Phone Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information E MENU Press this button to access different audio system features If your vehicle is equipped with satellite radio you can access different menus by pressing OK Set the time by pressing MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES appears and using the arrow buttons to adjust the time Set the strongest stations on the radio frequency by pressing MENU until AUTOSET appears AUTOSET does not override your original presets RBDS displays text transmitted by certain radio stations and searches for music categories To search for music categories turn on RBDS by using the SEEK buttons when RBDS ON OFF appears Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through categories then use the SEEK buttons to begin the search SPEEDVOL speed compensated volume allows you to adjust radio volume to compensate for noise levels when vehicle speed increases Track Folder is only available on MP3 files when in CD mode In track mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks on the disc In folder mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks within the selected folder Press the FOLDER buttons to access other folders COMPRESS Compression is only available in CD and MP3 modes Switching compression on brings the soft an
277. nto the cigarette lighter socket Gf equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note If you use the power points when the engine is not running the battery may discharge and there may not be sufficient battery power to start your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This damages the outlet and blows the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when they are not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from discharging e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods Locations Power points may be e Onthe instrument panel two locations Inside the center console storage compartment if equipped On the rear of the center console if equipped Inside the 20 percent front seat console if equipped Inside the rear under seat storage compartment if equipped
278. nuts on the studs until they contact the wheel s Rotate the wheel assembly a half turn to permit the parts to seat 4 Draw up the nuts alternately following the crisscross sequence illustrated under the following wheel tightening sequence illustrations Do not fully tighten the nuts This allows uniform seating of the nuts and makes sure even face to face contact of the wheel and hub 8 lug wheel 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wheels and Tires 253 10 lug wheel 5 Continue tightening the nuts to the torque specifications in the torque chart using the same crisscross sequence shown 6 After operating the vehicle approximately 50 miles 80 kilometers check the nuts for tightness You may encounter some natural seating of parts and the torque on the nuts can drop Retighten all nuts to specifications Once a week inspect and retighten the wheel stud nuts Note Make sure the tire valve stem clears the brake caliper when installing the tire and rim assembly on disc brake equipped axles The use of a tire manufacturer s stem forming tool is the only acceptable method of obtaining clearance when necessary Proper Torque It is important to tighten and maintain wheel and rim mounting nuts to the proper torque Loose nuts or over tightened nuts can lead to premature wear and possible failure of the wheel or mounting hardware Changing Wheel Types WARNING Use only the same
279. ny conditions Note Before starting the engine make sure that the exhaust brake switch is in the off position Do not turn the exhaust brake on until the engine has reached normal operating temperature Note Maximum exhaust brake performance relates to the type of transmission your vehicle has Note Engine speed has a major influence of retarding performance When engine speed is stays at the maximum allowable level the exhaust brake operates at peak performance Note Manual transmissions should be downshifted to the lowest gear possible without exceeding the maximum RPM limit of the engine This maximizes the exhaust brake s retarding effect Note Exhaust brakes operate effectively with automatic transmissions but performance varies with engine speed and the gear selected by the transmission An exhaust brake is an auxiliary braking system that assists but does not replace the primary service brake system It helps control vehicle speed it is not a vehicle stopping device 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 144 Brakes A switch on the instrument panel in combination with the accelerator and clutch pedal allows the operator to make maximum use of the exhaust brake in the following conditions e Off highway driving e Mountain driving e Heavy traffic e High speed highway driving To switch the brake on push the switch up Push the switch down to turn it off
280. o bounce back protection The window stops if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Window Lock This feature allows only the driver and front passenger to operate the power windows To lock the window controls press the switch A light on the switch illuminates when the windows lock Press the switch again to restore the window controls EXTERIOR MIRRORS With the doors closed and the seat adjusted for proper comfort move the mirrors to maximize rear viewing area by adjusting the mirrors left or right as required 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 63 Adjust the auxiliary convex mirrors Convex mirrors are a ball stud design for precise adjustment to maximize viewing area Power Exterior Mirrors If Equipped WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion A Left hand mirror B Off C Right hand mirror To adjust your mirrors 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust 2 Move the control in the direction you want to tilt the mirror 3 Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place If your mirror is equipped with a spotter mirror you need to adjust it manually 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 64 Windows and Mirrors Foldaway Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fu
281. o the outlet tube Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position connector shown from below for clarity Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 231 ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident an authorized dealer should check the alignment of your headlamps CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Headl
282. of available services from which to choose To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 310 SYNC 3 Whi
283. on cycle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Traction Control 157 System Indicator Light Note If the traction control light does not flash during a traction control event or stays illuminated the system is not functioning properly Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service During traction control operation the traction control light TC flashes rapidly and the engine does not rev up when you press further on the accelerator This is normal and is no reason for concern In Off Road or Mud Snow mode the traction control light illuminates and flashes slowly If a traction event occurs in either mode the light flashes rapidly 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 158 Cruise Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death WARNING When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control disengages if your vehicle speed decrea
284. onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Al title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 340 Appendices property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provi
285. ontrol main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen 2 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 3 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 4 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com eom To Access Using the Media Menu 1 Press AUX button on the center console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 4 Then scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 6 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu 7 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK H Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs
286. operly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the
287. or vec ove oee zte sec voc EE ooe eva ove sea fora eee ore eorfosr sor Coors Seu ISIH s1n220 AIAVYSTYM SYJUOU 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV TAON AO CAM 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 360 vais JAA or pue yoouy woskg TAC PMIA 3sneuxq posorq ERR err IL EE el d del d Je IPINI SIOPUT AD xoo s1oxturs souo1ep soSutu Joo T sjuouoduro qe 09 us ve Te Sp ev cr oe 0 ee W 087 oer cer sor Tree 096 98e cre ss voc 0001 x srayouromy oog esc ozz sse ove sez ore cor OST cor mt 3 somn ISI 1990 19A9W9IJA SYJUOW 10 S193ouro p eat penunuo XTIVONNV FAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 2015 F 650 750 f67 USA fus 361 Scheduled Maintenance un 000091 SOTA 000001 gt ou ut peov do1 jou Jt WY 000077 STU 000081 WP oov dou ubt 000761 SITU 0000ZT pue DO 000091 SETI 000001 3 10edsu s 3 oq aap amp rossoooe Daat sand yreds ooe doq ourguo oaut ose8 ooe do1 Joj I ourguo out ose8 yoodsul Jam IE 9 Cuy 00008 Sept 00008 10 sreo amp Oo K1oAo uou SI souroo JOADYPTYM WA 000091 SEU 000001 40 s1eo xis TW eurguo aut ose8 oov do1 juepooo o UOTjepu9uluro22I S I9In oeprueur 99g ourguo sat ooe dox jue oo2 af
288. or chock the wheels e Always use support stands not a jack when working under a raised vehicle e Always turn off the ignition unless a procedure requires the engine to be running e Always avoid contact with hot metal parts Allow the components to cool before working with or around them Always operate the engine in a well ventilated area Do not wear loose fitting clothing hanging jewelry watches or rings Do not smoke Do not work on the brakes or the clutch unless you take the proper precautions to avoid inhaling friction material dust 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 198 Maintenance Quality service parts are available through an authorized dealer If dealer parts are not used make sure the replacement parts are of equivalent quality WARNING The use of inferior parts can adversely affect the quality and reliability of your vehicle which in turn can result in property damage personal injury or death To avoid damage to your vehicle s electrical components before electric welding e Disconnect both battery cables e Attach the welder ground cable as close as possible to the part being welded e We recommend temporarily removing the component if welding close to an electrical component Follow the checks and services in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Have an authorized dealer or service center inspect your vehicle at least once a year Remember that regul
289. or help in finding a retailer that sells DEF See the Customer Assistance chapter for more information In addition a government website locator is available for diesel exhaust fluid supplies Use the following web address to find the nearest location to buy DEF http www afdc energy gov afdc locator def Use Motorcraft DEF or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSS M2C130 A or ISO 22241 Use only DEF certified by the American Petroleum Institute Look for this certification trademark Your warranty may not cover repairs resulting from the use of non certified DEF products Maintaining the purity of DEF is important to avoid malfunctions in the SCR system If you remove DEF from the tank for any reason such as repair work do not use the same DEF to refill the tank as may not have kept its purity To fill the DEF tank see an authorized dealer or do the following before filling the DEF tank in cold climates see Filling the DEF tank in cold climates later in this section DEF Bottle Fill with Spout The following procedure applies to Motorcraft DEF or similar DEF bottles For other brands or bottle types see the instructions on the bottle label 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 120 Fuel and Refueling 1 Remove the cap from the DEF container and twist the spout onto the container until the locking tab engages 2 Open the DEF filler port on your vehicle by turning the blue ca
290. or other engine treatments Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause vehicle damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Gasoline Engine 6 8L V10 Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle Do not use e fuels containing more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel e fuel containing methanol e fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds e fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Your vehicle was not designed to use fuels that contain manganese based additives Using fuels not recommended could damage or impair the emission control system 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 107 Diesel Engine WARNING Using low sulfur 16 500 ppm or high sulfur greater than 500 ppm diesel fuel in a diesel engine designed to use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel causes certain emission components to malfunction which may also cause the Service Engine Soon light to illuminate indicating an emissions related concern It may also increase the likelihood of engine oil dilution with fuel which may lead to major engine damage WARNING Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline gasohol or alcohol This could cause an ex
291. ord eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 kilometers Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold in the U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers are asked to submit their original receipts 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 178 Roadside Emergencies Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call
292. ors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance and The further you travel from an FM station strength the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an a
293. ote If the light blinks and a warning tone sounds when you pull the control knob the parking brake is not functioning properly Seek immediate service from your dealer See Parking brake warning system in this section Releasing the Parking Brake WARNING Hold the brake pedal down while moving the gearshift lever from position to position If the brake pedal is not held down the vehicle may move unexpectedly resulting in property damage personal injury or death Note Read and understand the following steps and perform them whenever you prepare to drive the vehicle Note The parking brake does not disengage unless sufficient system air pressure is available If your vehicle is equipped with a dash mounted push button Allison 3000 Series or steering column mounted Allison 2200 and 2500 gear selector 1 Press and hold the service brake pedal while the engine is running 2 Select the appropriate drive gear 3 Push and hold the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob until the parking brake light turns off then release 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 152 Brakes If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission 1 Press and hold the service brake pedal while the engine is running 2 Press and hold the clutch pedal 3 Select the appropriate drive gear 4 Push and hold the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob until the parking brake light turns off then relea
294. ote Tires with the same size specification do not always have the same load specification Matching Tires Dual Tires Dual tires should be matched using tires of equivalent size Do not mount tires that differ more than one quarter inch 6 millimeters in diameter or three quarters inch 19 millimeters in circumference on the same dual wheel assembly Mixing Never mix bias and radial tires on this vehicle Never mix different tire sizes or constructions on the same axle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 248 Wheels and Tires Rotation Rotation is always advisable e If there is irregular wear on the front steering axle tires move to rear position e Ina dual assembly reverse the position of the tires if one tire wears much faster than its mate does e On the drive axle if heel and toe wear or alternate lug wear occurs rotating the tires from one end of the axle to the other end of the axle may help even out this wear Rotation may not advisable e Front Steering Axle Remove tires when tread wears down to four thirty seconds inch 8 millimeters or less Retread or rotate worn tires to drive position We do not recommend using retreaded tires on steering axles e Rear Axles Remove tires when tread wears down to two thirty seconds inch 2 millimeters If using a rib tire on front axle and lug or off road type on rear axle positions e Front Steering Axle Replace tir
295. otification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phone book such as add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s user guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select and press OK again when Confirm Download appears 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 304 SYNC Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are delete
296. ou may not be Jas listed If you say Play Artist saying the name Prince the system does not exactly as it is play music by Prince and the saved OR Revolution or Prince and the e The system New Power Generation may not be e Make sure you are saying the reading the name complete title such as the same way you California remix featuring are saying it Jennifer Nettles e If the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 334 SYNC cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the phone voice understand oris using the wrong commands at the beginning of calling the wrong voice commands the phone section contact when I OR e Make sure you are saying the want to make a e You may not be contacts exactly as listed For call saying the name example if a contact is saved as exactly as it is Joe Wilson say Call Joe saved OR Wilson e Contacts in e The system works better if your phonebook you list full names such as Joe may be very short Wilson rather than Joe and similar or e Do not use special characters they may contain such as 123 or ICE as the special system does not recognize them characters OR e f contacts are saved in CAPS e Your you have to spell them JAKE phonebook
297. ough the filler plug opening Clean and install the filler plug securely Oe whe Changing Fluid Drain and refill your transmission fluid while it is warm 1 Park your vehicle on level ground 2 Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off 3 Clean any dirt from around the filler and drain plugs 4 Remove the filler plug and drain plug and then drain the fluid into a suitable container Dispose of all used automotive fluids in a responsible manner following your local authorized standards Clean and install the drain plug securely 6 Add fluid through the filler plug opening 7 Clean and install the filler plug securely 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 219 DRIVESHAFT Check the universal joints for any evidence of wear or looseness at the regular lubrication interval Stop your vehicle immediately should driveshaft vibrations occur to avoid possible hazardous consequences or damage to other components REAR AXLE FLUID Your rear axle may have an optional synthetic lubricant that allows the use of extended service intervals A tag on the filler plug identifies the use of the synthetic lubricant Only use a lubricant that meets manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter Use of a non approved rear axle lubricant may cause internal axle component damage Checking the Fluid Level See the Scheduled Ma
298. oving The PTO gear is in constant mesh with the drive gear in the torque converter housing A friction clutch or constant drive transmits power to the PTO Vehicles Equipped with a Manual Transmission Transmission mounted PTO units are available for local installation on your vehicle See your Body Builder s Layout Book for restrictions on use and installation of PTO units 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Transmission 135 To engage the PTO unit stop your vehicle place the transmission in position N Press the clutch and allow the gears to stop rotating and then engage the PTO unit You can also select the PTO with the transmission in gear as long as the clutch is pressed When operating the PTO with your vehicle stationary first set the parking brake chock the wheels if your vehicle is on a hill or another uneven surface REAR AXLES Gross Axle Weight WARNING Exceeding these ratings by overloading can cause component failure resulting in property damage personal injury or death Your truck has gross axle weight gross vehicle weight and gross combination weight ratings Do not exceed these ratings Locking or Limited Slip Differentials WARNING If both wheels are not raised off the ground the one wheel that is not raised may pull the vehicle off its support possibly resulting in personal injury If your vehicle is equipped with a locking or limited slip differential
299. p counterclockwise a quarter turn 3 Lift and hold the DEF container without tipping and insert the spout into the DEF filler port E 2 vi b Si 2 2 E gt lt Z a E 2 o KS 4 Lift and tip the container to let J DEF flow into the tank Pour DEF until the container is empty or DEF flow stops DEF can be seen flowing through the spout but does not completely fill the spout while CZ flowing Air is trapped in the spout lt while DEF is flowing When the ce A DEF tank is full DEF completely fills the spout and displaces the air in the spout 5 Once the spout is full with DEF no more large air pockets return the container to the vertical position slightly below the DEF filler port and let any DEF drain out of the spout DO NOT try to continue to add DEF to the tank by shaking or repositioning the container to induce flow This may cause spilling and overfill the tank Overfilling the DEF tank can cause damage to the tank 6 Once the spout has drained remove the spout from the DEF filler port and install the blue cap on the DEF filler port by turning the cap clockwise a Y4 turn 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 121 7 Remove the spout from the DEF container and install the cap back on the bottle 8 If the container is empty discard the empty container and spout or recycle if possible If there is some DEF left in the container re
300. playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 324 SYNC Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there ar
301. plosion resulting in personal injury WARNING Do not add gasoline gasohol or alcohol to diesel fuel This practice creates a serious fire hazard resulting in personal injury and engine performance problems WARNING Do not use starting fluid such as ether or gasoline Such fluids can cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury WARNING Do not use home heating oil or any diesel fuel not intended for highway use Red dye is used to identify fuels intended for agricultural and non highway use Damage to the fuel injection system engine and exhaust catalyst can occur if an improper fuel is used Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Use only Ultra Low Sulfur 15 ppm Sulfur Maximum No 1 D or 2 D diesel fuel in your diesel engine Diesel fuel No 1 D or winter diesel fuel blend of No 2 D is recommended at ambient temperatures below 20 F 7 C Diesel fuel that is blended with 20 biodiesel maximum may be used 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 108 Fuel and Refueling Biodiesel fuel is a product converted from renewable fuel sources including vegetable oil animal fat and cooking oil You should not use raw refined and recycled vegetable plant oils greases and animal fats Biodiesel fuel blends must meet requirements of ASTM D7467 stan
302. position 2 Fully press the brake pedal 3 Start the engine Starting the Engine with the Vehicle on a Steep Grade When starting a diesel engine when the loaded vehicle is on a grade the engine RPM starts to fall slightly when you engage the clutch Do not disengage the clutch and try to increase engine RPM as this may damage driveline components The engine recovers as the vehicle begins moving DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DPF WARNING The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled Use special care when working around the diesel particulate filter The DPF heats up to a high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and can remain hot even after the engine is turned off Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury Your vehicle is equipped with a diesel particulate filter DPF as part of the after treatment exhaust system to trap soot and other large particles produced by the engine combustion process You must periodically reduce the soot that accumulates in the filter to prevent excessive exhaust restriction The engine and after treatment system generally perform the soot reduction process also known as filter regeneration automatically 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 99 R
303. pproved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Audio System 277 MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the sys
304. push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Six speed TorqShift transmissions have an adaptive shift strategy When you disconnect the battery or install a new battery the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm soft shifts firm shifts or both This operation is normal and does not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation Preparing Your Vehicle Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 2 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Make sure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 180 Roadside Emergencies Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do no
305. quickly If you force the gearshift lever into position this action defeats the purpose of the synchronizer by causing gear clash 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Transmission 125 Shifting with a Non Synchronized Transmission See Clutch brake and Double clutch procedures in the Clutch section of this chapter Clutch Do not ride or slip the clutch as this causes unnecessary heat and wear Maintain the specified clutch adjustment to prolong its life and regularly inspect the clutch control linkage for tightness See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for other maintenance information When adjustment of the clutch is necessary it is very important that the work be performed properly or early clutch failure may result and a costly clutch overhaul may become necessary Only a qualified technician should perform clutch work Note Continued use of a damaged or worn clutch prolonged clutch slippage or downshifting at excessive speeds can result in a failure of the engine transmission or clutch components Note To avoid premature clutch wear and failure do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use it to hold your vehicle at a standstill on an upgrade as when waiting for a traffic light Engaging the Clutch e Always start in the proper gear An empty vehicle can start in a higher gear than a fully loaded vehicle Starting in too high a gear can cause clutch slippage and e
306. r installing a rear facing child seat 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Child Safety 33 2015 F 650 750 167 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 34 Child Safety 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 6 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Step 5 7 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extr
307. r off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 307 Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Blue
308. r repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 ONLY G THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMV
309. r vehicle ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information For load specification terms found on the Tire Label and Safety Compliance Certification Label and for instructions on calculating your vehicle s load see Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 1596 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Towing 169 Safety Chains Note Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a crash greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is
310. raffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 311 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message
311. rating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A A Right hand side B Left hand side e Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct Li vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 8 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle S Symbol ymbol d Safety alert See Owner s Manual ym Avoid Battery Battery acid snot VN flames or sparks Brake fluid Brake system CG Cabin air non petroleum filter base Che
312. rd objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Po ND O9 etg 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Audio System 283 USB PORT IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly re
313. re you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owner
314. rning light reached at least 6 mph illuminates and the warning chime 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes sounds for six seconds every have elapsed since the ignition 25 seconds repeating for switch has been turned to on approximately five minutes or until the safety belt is buckled 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 52 Safety Belts The driver s safety belt The Belt Minder feature is becomes unbuckled for activated the safety belt warning approximately one minute light illuminates and the warning while the vehicle is traveling at chime sounds for six seconds every least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 25 seconds repeating for more than 1 2 minutes have approximately five minutes or until elapsed since the ignition the safety belt is buckled switch has been turned to on Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation or activation programming procedure The system can be deactivated and activated by performing the following proc
315. rom 25 to 40 at rate of clear fault condition 1 each minute e 40 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit Final vehicle consequence five Amber engine hours after detecting solid fault detected and and or MI engine intentionally solid RUE ROV key ot Red engine in extended idle for e 1000 RPM one hour or fuel solid engine speed tank refilled limit Refueling the fuel tank is increasing the fuel volume level by at least 1596 Final consequence for vehicles equipped with a manual transmission is 1000 RPM Final consequence for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission is 1100 RPM 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 118 Fuel and Refueling SCR Faults and Vehicle Consequences for Emergency Vehicles Lamps No faults None Amber engine Initial warning solid when detecting None and or MIL is fault solid D Amber engine Initial warning lia 10 hours after geg None detecting fault and or MIL is Correct and solid clear fault Final vehicle condition consequence at 40 hours after Amber engine detecting fault and solid Notie engine intentionally and or MIL is shut down key off solid or in extended idle for one hour Filling the DEF Tank WARNING Make sure that DEF does not come into contact with eyes skin or clothing Should DEF contact your eyes flush them with plenty of water a
316. ry in order to remove the lid Battery tray with cover removed For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make sure you tightly fasten the battery cables to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water If you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period disconnect the negative battery cable This minimizes the discharge of your battery during storage If the engine cranks but does not start remove the battery box cover and check the 40 amp inline fuse located on the battery cable above the battery Because a computer electronically controls your vehicle s engine battery power controls some conditions When you disconnect the battery or install a new battery the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With your vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn on the air conditioning and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners
317. s Mu gaere Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Mu gaer Index 381 OTI ASSISUIM iuto yea cos riti 311 A ABS see Brakes 140 Accessing call history phone book during active call 296 Accessing your media menu features sssssseeeeen 321 Accessing your phone menu TOAUUTES ruinne 298 Active call menu options 296 Advanced menu options Advanced menu options prompts languages defaults master reset installing 306 327 applications sseseees 306 Air cleaner filter 228 273 Air conditioning 79 manual heating and air conditioning system 79 Air filter oo eee 228 273 Air suspension ssssses 163 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 212 Anti lock brake system see Brakes ssassn secaos 140 AppLink M eeessssssssss 315 Audio system Single CD 278 279 Audio system see Radio 278 279 Automatic transmission 127 129 fluid adding 215 fluid checking 215 fluid refill capacities 269 fluid specification 256 2015 F 650 750 167 Auxiliary input jack Line in 281 Auxiliary powerpoint 93 Axle aiu ester due 135 200 219 lubricant specifications 256 refill capacities
318. s Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 289 When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The
319. s conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless you take specific precautions to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Care 241 Body e Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and the underside of the front fenders e Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle e Lubricate all hood and door hinges and latches with light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e Change the engine oil and filter before storage Used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel System Fill the fuel tank s with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling System e Pro
320. s on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended Lap belts The front center lap belt does not adjust automatically WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as low as possible around the hips not across the waist b A Insert the tongue into the correct SS buckle the buckle closest to the s direction the tongue is coming from To lengthen the belt turn the tongue at a right angle to the belt and pull across your lap until it reaches the buckle To tighten the belt pull the loose end of the belt through the tongue until it fits snugly across the hips 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 50 Safety Belts Shorten and fasten the belt when not in use SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Pull on the center button and slide the height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNIN
321. sbestos fiberglass mineral wool aramid or carbon may be a serious health hazard 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 202 Maintenance Air Brakes WARNING Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke Inspection and adjustment Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle contact an authorized dealer P uel inspections should include Periodic checking every service interval of push rod travel or brake adjustment This is essential for effective braking Brake chamber push rods on original equipment chambers now incorporate an orange paint marker near the base of the push rod as a stroke indicator to aid in adjustment checks If the push rod is clean and the brakes are out of adjustment you can see the orange marker protruding from the chamber when the brakes are applied e Ch
322. se Parking Brake Light Illumination Due to Low Air Pressure If the air pressure becomes too low at any time during vehicle operation the parking brake may apply and the parking brake light turns on If the parking brake applies due to low air pressure immediate service is required to the parking brake system Parking Brake Warning System If the parking brake light blinks and a tone sounds when pulling the yellow control knob out this indicates the parking brake is not functioning properly Seek service for the parking brake immediately With the ignition key not in the run position e Atone sounds if the parking brake remains released or in an unknown state The tone stops in approximately eight minutes or until the parking brake is applied Seek service for the parking brake immediately Diesel engines Parking brake light operation the light only works when the ignition key is in the run position e On Parking brake applied e Off Parking brake released and no faults or malfunctions e Blink and tone Parking brake released or in an unknown state and faults or malfunctions exist Releasing Spring Manually WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble the parking brake chamber under any circumstances The high spring load may cause serious injury WARNING Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving WARNING Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken 2
323. se holder just above the power distribution center located in the vehicle s engine compartment 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 197 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Making modifications to various parts components and systems of the vehicle such as brake and steering systems can adversely affect the quality reliability and operation of your vehicle and could result in property damage personal injury or death Such modifications must be avoided WARNING Failure to properly perform maintenance and servicing procedures could result in vehicle damage personal injury or death WARNING Take care when performing any maintenance system check or service on your vehicle Some of the materials may also be hazardous if used serviced or handled improperly and could result in property damage personal injury or death Always use care when performing vehicle maintenance repairs or system checks Improper or incomplete service could result in your vehicle not working properly which may result in personal injury or damage to your vehicle or equipment It is the operator s responsibility to see that your vehicle receives proper care and maintenance If you have any questions about performing service have the service done by a qualified technician Servicing Guidelines When servicing your vehicle e Always wear safety glasses for eye protection e Always set the parking brake
324. ses more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching On Cruise Control Press and release ON The indicator turns on in the instrument cluster Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET ACCEL 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Cruise Control 159 Changing the Set Speed There are a few ways to change the set speed e Press and hold SET ACCEL to increase or COAST to decrease the set speed Release the button when you reach the desired speed e Press and release SET ACCEL to increase or COAST to decrease The set speed changes in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator pedal or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET ACCEL Canceling a Set Speed Tap the brake pedal This does not erase the set speed Resuming a Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Off Cruise Control Note Turning off the cruise control erases the set speed Press OFF or turn off the ignition 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 160 Driving Aids OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE General Information e Start the vehicle moving by using the highest gear speed in the transmission that lets the engine easily start the load without slipping the clutch
325. sing a tube make sure to use special radial tire tubes because of the increased flexing of the sidewalls on radial tires e Never use anti freeze silicones or petroleum based lubricants when mounting radial tires Make sure to use only an approved lubricant as an aid for mounting tires e Always inflate tires in a safety cage e Do not attempt to mix stud piloted wheels or fasteners with hub piloted wheels or fasteners To do so may cause premature wheel failure resulting in property damage personal injury or death e Do not mix foreign not made in North America wheel mounting parts with domestic made in North America parts Many foreign wheel components look similar to but are not the same as domestic made components Mixing components could cause wheel or fastener failures and result in property damage personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 244 Wheels and Tires AT WARNING Continued e Do not change from aluminum wheels to steel wheels or vice versa without changing the mounting hardware where required or in some cases with flange nut mounting systems changing the hub and stud assembly Mixing components could cause wheel or fastener failures and result in property damage personal injury or death WARNING An inflated tire and rim can be very dangerous if improperly used serviced or maintained To avoid serious injury never attempt to re inflate a tire
326. sing the safety belt you can attach the top tether strap 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 40 Child Safety Tether Strap Attachment 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seat back If the top of the safety seat hits the head restraint raise the head restraint to let the child seat fit further rearward 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 3 You may need to pull the seat back forward to access the tether anchors Make sure the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child seat 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown e Front seats Regular Cab and Rear seats Crew Cab If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a crash 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus
327. ssion input shaft rotation so you can accomplish the initial first gear or reverse gear selection when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed Clutch brake application occurs in the last 1 inch 25 millimeters of clutch pedal travel When using the clutch brake fully press the clutch pedal and shift the transmission into first gear or reverse If the transmission does not go into one of these gears slowly release the clutch pedal while applying light pressure on the transmission shift lever until it shifts into gear Note After engagement of first gear do not use the clutch brake for upshifting or downshifting If you do clutch brake life shortens and gear selection shift efforts may increase Double Clutch Procedures Non Synchronized Transmissions In order to properly upshift or downshift 1 Press the clutch pedal to disengage the clutch 2 Shift the transmission into neutral 3 Release the clutch pedal If upshifting wait until the engine speed matches the transmission speed of the gear you are selecting If downshifting accelerate the engine until the engine speed matches the input speed of the gear you are selecting Press the clutch pedal immediately and shift into the desired gear then release the clutch pedal Eaton FS 5205A 5 speed ty Do not shift the transmission into reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission This transmission is equipped with five forw
328. steering components brakes and frames resulting in early component failure loss of vehicle control possible property damage and personal injury We do not recommend performing or approve of suspension conversions However we understand that on occasion others install aftermarket add on suspensions on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles such as air lift axles UPFITTER CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED The upfitter option package provides four switches mounted in AUX 1 AUX2 AUX3 AUX 4 the center of the instrument panel These switches are always on whether the engine is running or not Make sure you put the switches in the off position to avoid draining the battery when not using your vehicle Let the engine remain running to maintain battery charge when using the upfitter switches for extended duration or higher current draws This is even more important for vehicles with a diesel engine since the glow plugs are also draining battery power when the ignition key is in the on position Each switch provides 10 amps of electrical battery power for a variety of personal or commercial uses There is also a relay box located on the passenger side end of the instrument panel See your authorized dealer for service LS LS LN LS Switch access location is in a connector located in the engine compartment You can find more detailed information at https www fleet ford com truck bbas 2
329. t air filter element listed See Motorcraft part numbers in the Capacities and Specificationschapter 1 Locate and disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube 2 Reposition the locking clip on the connector connector shown from below for clarity Squeeze the connector and pull it off the air outlet tube 3 Clean the area around the air tube to air cover connection to prevent debris from entering the system Loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube It is not necessary to remove the clamp completely 4 Pull the air tube off the air cleaner housing 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 2015 F 650 750 167 5 Release the three clamps that secure the cover to the air filter housing Push the air filter cover toward the center of your vehicle and up slightly to release it 6 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 7 Install a new air filter element 8 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover Make sure to align the tabs on the edge into the slots properly 9 Slip the air tube onto the air filter housing and tighten the air tube clamp bolt snugly Do not overtighten the clamp 10 Connect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector t
330. t connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the 1 positive cable to the positive N terminal of the assisting S E battery w poa 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of 4 the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the 2 3 negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor or fuel injection system Make sure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 181
331. t for leaks from the tanks 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 20 Vehicle Inspection Guide Driveshaft Verify e The driveshaft is not bent or cracked e All driveshaft couplings are secure Exhaust system Verify e The visible outside parts are securely mounted e There are no cracks holes or severe dents Inspect for cracks or bends in longitudinal frame members Verify there are no loose cracked bent broken or missing crossmembers or crossmember fasteners Rear of vehicle Air hoses and Verify there are no cuts cracks chafing or wear electrical lines on the air hoses and electrical line insulation Listen for audible air leaks Verify air and electrical lines are not tangled crimped or pinched or being dragged against any truck parts None of the air or electrical line should be spliced or taped Inspect for corrosion on pins and in electrical sockets to verify continuity and reduced heat build up potential the frame and is clear of loose objects Turns signals Verify brake lights and e Both brake lights illuminate when the pedal is flashers applied e Each signal flashes e Four way flashers work properly 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Inspection Guide 21 Lights and Verify reflectors e All exterior lights illuminate and are clean e Reflectors are clean unbroken and of proper color red on rear amber
332. t least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 97 STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE WARNING Operation of a diesel engine near flammable vapors in the air may cause the engine speed to increase uncontrollably and over speed If this situation occurs mechanical damage fire explosion personal injury or death could result Turning off the ignition key does not slow or stop the engine due to uncontrollable fueling of the engine through flammable vapors being drawn into the engine air inlet Operation of components such as starter alternator electric motors etc and static electricity could also ignite flammable vapors Do not operate the truck in the possible presence of flammable vapors unless both a complete hazard analysis is performed and necessary additional safety processes and or equipment such as vapor testing air intake shutoff devices ventilation etc are utilized The operator is responsible for using those processes and or equipment to ensure that the diesel engine and all other components on the truck can be operated safely under the specific conditions and hazards that may be encountered WARNING If equipped with an air intake heater DO NOT use ether or any other starting fluids The use of starting fluids ether in an engine equipped with an air intake heater could cause an explosion a
333. t manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke Inspect standard air brakes equipped with automatic slack adjusters for proper brake adjustment as listed in the maintenance schedule charts However inspect the brakes more frequently when subjecting them to heavy use or adverse operating conditions such as e Frequent brake applications while fully loaded e Operation on hilly or mountainous terrain e Frequent operation on dirt gravel or mud Some aftermarket brake linings also require more frequent inspections 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 353 Scheduled Maintenance UY 000091 s mu 000001 SPT 9u ur pooerdoz jou jt W QOOOPS sain 000097 W e erdogr unt 000761 sepur 000077 pue Wy 000091 ser 000001 3 12edsu WY 00008 S 9000 10 stead very amp roao uou sg seuroo IAIM UN 000091 sot 900001 I0 seo XIS Jy UOT epuoulrul022I S I91njoegnueui 399 uorjepuoururo29J SOOT 99g SUJUOUL xt 10 ubt 00071 somu 0091 Atoaq UOT epu9auroo91 SOOT 99g s qJeq aap amp rossoooe Dada ssnjd xeds vejd
334. t position to turn on the parking lamps Rotate clockwise to the second position to turn on the headlamps and parking lamps High Beams e Push the lever toward the A instrument panel to activate A e Pull the lever toward you to deactivate Headlamp Flasher Pull the lever toward you slightly to switch on the flasher and release it to switch off the flasher 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Lighting 59 INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in your vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation e Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten or dim all interior lit components incrementally or e press and hold at the first position the top or bottom of the control until you reach the desired lighting level DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS DRL IF EQUIPPED AN WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in C S low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a crash The system switches the headlamps on with a reduced output in daylight conditions To switch the system on 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Switch the lighting control to the off or parking lamp position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners
335. t replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 12 Introduction WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash
336. tain it and the spout for later use Store the spout to keep it clean 9 Wipe away any DEF that has spilled on painted surfaces with water and a damp cloth DEF Filling Station Nozzle Fill Filling the DEF tank using a nozzle is similar to a normal fuel fill The nozzle shuts off automatically when the tank is full Do not continue to fill the tank as this may cause spillage and overfill the tank which can cause damage Filling the DEF Tank in Cold Climates DEF freezes below 12 F 11 C If temperatures are at or below 12 F 11 C for an extended period and the DEF tank is full and you are not going to drive your vehicle there is a risk that the tank could freeze causing damage If low temperature conditions are expected you should keep your tank at least 50 full and make sure you add DEF on level ground to prevent the fluid from freezing on an angle Contaminated DEF SCR systems are sensitive to contamination of the DEF USE ONLY CERTIFIED DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID If the system becomes contaminated and you continue to drive your vehicle with contaminated DEF the following warnings result Reducing Agent and Vehicle Consequence Condition Indicator Lamps Correct reducing agent Incorrect reducing agent at Amber engine None detection Incorrect reducing agent at 4096 torque detection 10 hours reduction Incorrect reducing agent at Amber engine v 4096 torque detection 20 hours and Red engine C reduction
337. takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 328 SYNC Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications Cif available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues cause s Excessive The audio control Review your phone s user guide background noise settings on your regarding audio adjustments during a phone phone may be call affecting SYNC performance During a call I Possible phone Try turning off the devic
338. tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front Seat Head Restraints If Equipped A The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and release button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 84 Seats Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull up on the head restraint Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push down on the head restraint Removing the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold buttons C and D 2 Pull up the head restraint Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Front Row Center Rear Outboard and Rear Seat Center Crew Cab Head Restraints Note The SuperCab has rear outboard head restraints that are not removable and have bolts holding them to the back wall Your vehicle may be equipped with head restraints that are non adjustable The non adjustable head restraints consist of The non adjustable head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve unlock and remove buttons 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Seats 85 Removing the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold buttons C 2 Pull up the head restraint Installing the
339. tect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery Note If battery cables are disconnected it is necessary to reset memory features e Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean e If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to make sure battery charge does not lose its charge Brakes e Make sure to release the brakes and parking brake fully 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 242 Vehicle Care Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous e Make sure to cover all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Your Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice or squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per t
340. tem This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 278 Audio System AM FM WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A CLK Press this button to switch the display between the clock and radio frequency To set the time 1 Press and hold CLK until the hours start to flash 2 Press the arrow buttons to adjust the hours Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to set the minutes 3 Press CLK again to exit clock mode B Tune Press these arrow buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band Press and hold for a fast search In AUDIO mode press the buttons to adjust different sou
341. ten the child safety seat in the vehicle 7 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Straps in this chapter 8 Before placing the child into the child seat forcibly pull the child seat forward and back to make sure that the seat is held securely in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation 9 Check from time to time to be sure that there is no slack in the lap and shoulder belt The shoulder belt must be snug to keep the lap belt tight during a collision 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 38 Child Safety Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position Your vehicle is not equipped with the lower anchor points in the seat bight For this vehicle use the vehicle safety belt and upper tether to secure a child seat See Using T
342. tenance 199 Climate Control System Have the air conditioning system checked each spring The refrigerant charge cleanliness of the condenser evaporator cores and belt condition are essential to system performance When the air conditioning system is being used daily remove the fresh air filter Gf equipped once each season and check for things such as dirt and lint Replace the filter if necessary Vehicles operating in unusually dusty conditions may require more frequent filter inspection and replacement Front Axle Maintaining the front axle alignment to specifications is very important A qualified technician should check and maintain the alignment Regular inspections should include e Toe in inspection and adjustment if necessary particularly with radial tires e Checking for proper tightness of axle mounting U bolt nuts attaching or mounting bolts and nuts e Checking the axle for damage binding worn parts and adequate lubrication e Checking the kingpins for excessive wear Also perform this check during other scheduled maintenance such as tire rotation or service wheel bearing service and alignment See the workshop manual for proper procedures Toe in It is essential to maintain correct toe in and tire pressure for optimum tire wear Inspecting steer axle tires in the first 3000 10000 service miles 5000 16000 service kilometers generally shows if tires are wearing normally Rapid outside shoulder w
343. text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options 1 Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose whether you d like to reply or forward the message 3 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on a pre defined set of 15 messages 2015 F 650 7
344. text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident if the feature is used properly Report your vehicle applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped United States only If equipped United States and Canada only 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 300 SYNC Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming
345. the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Note If your battery has a cover or shield make sure to reinstall it after cleaning or replacing the battery Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to your vehicle by an authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 226 Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with two or three maintenance free batteries mounted in a covered tray located on the left frame rail The covered battery tray depending upon application may also have one or two steps attached Covered battery tray shown battery tray with steps similar Pull up on the two rubber straps on the battery cover and move them to the side of the batte
346. the engine against damage from overheating e Fill the fuel tank at the end of daily operation to prevent condensation in the fuel system e Keep external surfaces of the engine radiator charge air cooler air conditioning condenser and accessories clean to avoid dirt build up e You may experience above normal coolant temperatures while driving in a transmission gear ratio that lugs the engine To correct this problem increase engine speed by downshifting into the next lower gear STEERING Your vehicle is equipped with power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to decrease the driver s effort in steering your vehicle To help prevent damage to the power steering pump e Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or the extreme left for more than a few seconds when the engine is running e Do not operate your vehicle with the power steering pump fluid level below the ADD mark on the MAX COLD side of the power steering reservoir dipstick e Some noise is normal during operation If the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by an authorized dealer e Low power steering pump fluid levels may cause heavy or uneven steering efforts Check the power steering pump fluid level before seeking service from an authorized dealer e Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the FULL mark on the MAX HOT side of the power steering reservoir dipstick as this
347. the engine shuts down you can restart and operate it for 30 seconds at a time or until you correct the problem Do not attempt to use this restarting feature to drive your vehicle very far as serious engine damage could result 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 103 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or personal injury WARNING Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory or Canadian Standards Association This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard Us
348. the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel HEATED MIRRORS IF EQUIPPED Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors GU OURS COURS Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors are heated to remove ice mist and fog when the heated mirror button is pressed 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 82 Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a crash or during heavy braking or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint and safety belt provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical e Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible e Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortabl
349. tifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Only use washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents if they provide cold weather protection without damaging your vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 225 CHANGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY WARNING This vehicle may be equipped with more than one battery removal of cable from only one battery does not disconnect the vehicle electrical system Be sure to disconnect cables from all batteries when disconnecting power Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through
350. ting April 2014 USA fus 68 Instrument Cluster GAUGES GASOLINE ENGINE Cluster shown in standard measure Metric similar A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Transmission fluid temperature gauge D Fuel gauge E Speedometer F Information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information G Tachometer Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates engine oil pressure The needle should stay in the normal operating range If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and check the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked at an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Instrument Cluster 69 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator is in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Indicates transmission fluid temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator is in the normal range If the transmission fluid temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible an
351. tings as required Inspect these components every 4000 miles 6000 kilometers e Lines for kinks dents corrosion or rupture e Hoses for abrasions kinks soft spots or rupture collapse cracks twists or loose frame supports When replacing a hose be sure there is adequate clearance to the hose to avoid an abrasion to the new hose e All connections for leaks Driveline Parking Brake WARNING Use wheel chocks and exercise caution when inspecting under the vehicle A vehicle roll away could result in property damage personal injury or death A qualified technician should adjust the parking brake and keep to the instructions in the service manual 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 205 Steering System WARNING Failure to maintain the steering system in proper condition can cause reduced steering ability resulting in property damage personal injury or death Note Have any steering problems immediately corrected by a qualified service technician Ask your service technician to examine the steering mechanism Only minor adjustments may be necessary Regular inspections should include e Checking the tie rod drag link end clamp bolts and ball joints for proper tightness e Checking for installation and spread of cotter pins and tightness of nuts at both ends of the tie rod and drag link e Checking that the pitman arm steering arm at steering gear mounting is tig
352. tion N with the parking brake set If the transmission is not in position N and is equipped with a remote throttle control an increase in engine speed can overpower the parking brake and cause the vehicle to move possibly resulting in personal injury and or property damage Stop your vehicle idle the engine and set the parking brake Make sure the gear selector is in any forward drive range and then engage the PTO After engaging the PTO move the range selector to position N Increase the engine speed until reaching the desired PTO operation speed To disengage the PTO after operation with your vehicle standing release the throttle allow the drive equipment to come to a stop and then disengage the PTO PTO Operation while Vehicle Is Moving After engaging the PTO for driven vehicle operation shift to the desired range and drive your vehicle The speed of the PTO during this period of operation always maintains direct relation to vehicle speed PTO speed decreases in relation to vehicle transmission output speed as shifts to a higher gear occur When operating the PTO while your vehicle is moving the PTO may be disengaged whenever it is no longer required When there is no load on the PTO gear you can pull it out of engagement Vehicles Equipped with an Allison 3000 Series Automatic Transmission The PTO drive gear is engine driven and provides direct engine power You can operate the PTO when your vehicle is either stationary or m
353. to Make calls Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Cancel the requested action Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 291 Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then L any of the following Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mod
354. tooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services United States only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more e 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency e Vehicle Health Report United States only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle e SYNC AppLink Allows you to connect to and use certain applications such as Pandora and Stitcher if your phone is compatible 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 308 SYNC SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI If Equipped Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function pr
355. ts e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Clean the windows and wiper blades regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on your vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e Clean the windows with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate in the United States or Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if
356. tured with frame rails of either HSLA steel or heat treated steel Handle each in a specific manner to make sure maximum service life Consult the service manual or an authorized dealer before attempting frame repair or modification It is important particularly on vehicles that use tow hooks frequently to inspect the front and rear tow hooks for damage or a loose mounting OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD WARNING The parking brake must be fully set before opening the hood or possible personal injury may occur WARNING To reduce the risk of the possibility of personal injury never stand beneath the hood when it is being raised or lowered WARNING If you must leave the engine running while checking under the hood do not allow any loose clothing jewelry hair or other items to get near moving engine components or possible personal injury may occur A latch located on each fender holds the hood and fenders in position Before opening the hood set the parking brake shift into position N automatic transmission or first manual transmission and turn the engine off 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 209 To open the hood 1 Lift up on the bottom of each latch 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 210 Maintenance To lower the hood 1 Push the hood rearward at the top center of the hood above the grille until closed 2
357. type and style wheels and mounting hardware to replace original parts Failure to do so may result in an assembly that looks fine but does not fit together properly This could possibly cause wheel or fastener failures which could result in property damage personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 254 Wheels and Tires Note Do not attempt to mix stud piloted wheels or fasteners with hub piloted wheels or fasteners Note Do not change from aluminum wheels to steel wheels or vice versa without changing the mounting hardware required or with flange nut mounting systems changing the hub and stud assembly Consult your dealer or wheel or rim distributor before attempting any wheel or fastener changes TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications Note Do not use lubrication on dry threads Where excessive corrosion exists you can apply a light coat of lubricant on the first three threads of the stud bolt Keep lubricant away from the e Hex nut and rim clamp contact surfaces e Cap nut ball face and ball seat on the disc wheel e Flange nut washer surface and flat on the disc wheel Sie Nut Mounting 450 500 610 678 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 255 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS GASOLINE ENGINE ONLY 6 8L V10 engine Cubic inches Required fuel Minimum 87 octane
358. u have full signal compatibility OR strength and that your I am unable to e This could be submit a report e Bad signal strength OR e Your phone Bluetooth volume level has been turned up e Try deleting your phone and may not be activated on the website I heard a e The phone in commercial when use is not I tried to use activated OR it Traffic Directions e Your phone has e Turn off ID blocker on your and Information ID blocker active phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide account performing a clean pairing e This is a free feature but you must first register online to use 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus SYNC 333 Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the Phone voice understand what using the wrong commands and the Media voice I am saying voice commands commands at the beginning of OR their respective sections e You may be e Be aware that the microphone speaking too soon for SYNC is either in your rear or at the wrong view mirror or in the headliner time just above the windshield SYNC does not e You may be e Review the media voice understand the using the wrong commands at the beginning of name of a song or voice commands the media section artist OR e Say the song or artist exactly e Y
359. uid and linkage in the Maintenance chapter Belts fan Inspect for glazing fraying or cracking There alternator water should be no more than 5 7 cracks per rib per inch pump and air 2 5 centimeters conditioning compressor Fluid leaks Inspect for signs of fluid puddles or dripping fluid on the ground under the engine or the underside of the engine HVAC air inlet Inspect for debris that may have collected on the HVAC air inlet grille or inside the exterior module as this may reduce system performance 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Inspection Guide 15 Engine starting with parking brake applied Safety and Before entering the cab verify that the vehicle is emergency equipped with spare electrical fuses if used equipment three red reflective triangles a properly charged and rated fire extinguisher and wheel chocks Walk around the vehicle and verify all steps and grab handles inside and out as well as behind are tight and clean Use extreme caution and a three point stance at all times Inspect door latches for proper closing latching and locking Starting the Set the parking brake If starting a vehicle with a engine manual transmission press the clutch and verify the transmission is in neutral If starting a vehicle with an automatic transmission make sure the gearshift lever is in position N or P Gf equipped with a park position Diesel
360. umber of miles or hours of operation vary greatly depending upon vehicle and engine loading and operating conditions ash content of the engine oil and quality of the diesel fuel used in your truck Adhering to your engine manufacturer s recommended oil and fuel specifications maximizes the miles and hours of operation before a DPF professional cleaning is required See your engine manufacturer s owner s manual for more details about recommended maintenance and service of your DPF Exhaust Outlet Assembly WARNING The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury Note Do not modify or remove this device Modification of the system or additions of aftermarket devices can reduce the effectiveness of the system as well as cause damage to the exhaust system or engine Any modifications may also invalidate the vehicle or engine warranty See your warranty information 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 102 Starting and Stopping the Engine Note Blocked or plugged holes or modification to or removal of the outlet assembly could result in elevated exhaust temperatures that may result in vehicle or property damage or personal injury The exhaust outlet assembly on your vehicle is a uniquely functioning device that ac
361. umn shift lever place the transmission in position P Otherwise place the transmission in position N 3 Remove your feet from the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal manual transmission 4 Set the parking brake 5 Within five seconds of setting the parking brake remove your foot from the service brake pedal 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 101 The engine speed may increase slightly To allow parked regeneration to continue uninterrupted 1 The vehicle must remain parked 2 The transmission must remain in position P or N as previously described in Step 2 3 Do not press the accelerator pedal service brake pedal or clutch pedal manual transmission 4 The parking brake must remain set On average depending on filter level and other factors the process takes 20 30 minutes to complete The DPF lamp turns off when the process is complete Repeat Steps 1 5 if parked regeneration is interrupted To Discontinue Parked Regeneration Press any of the floor pedals to discontinue parked regeneration Maintenance and Service The DPF can retain a relatively large amount of residual ash and provide many miles and hours of maintenance free operation At some point generally beyond 150000 miles 240000 kilometers or 5000 hours of operation whichever comes first the DPF requires professional cleaning to remove the accumulated ash The exact n
362. unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing dealership 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager or Service Manager at the dealership 3 If the inquiry or concern cannot be resolved at the dealership level contact the Ford Commercial Vehicle Operations Hotline Please have the following information available e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e your telephone number home and business e the name of the authorized dealer and city where located e the vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Commercial Vehicle Operations PO Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 800 782 8627 option 3 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Customer Assistance 183 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fleet ford com U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Guides Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre For
363. unt of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles e Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax discolors or stains the parts over time such as Bumpers Grained door handles Side mouldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area e Do not apply wax to glass areas e After waxing your cars paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to an authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Vehicle Care 237 CLEANING THE ENGINE Note To prevent damage to the engine control module never spray wash it directly Never spray any connector Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt build up keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine componen
364. until it reaches the proper level Sours Co Check the MAX HOT side of the dipstick if the fluid is too hot to touch approximately 176 F 230 F 80 C 110 C The fluid level should be within the FULL range If necessary add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the proper level ADD FULL lt MAX HOT When you install the dipstick make sure to seat it and tighten it securely 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 224 Maintenance You can also check the fluid level by looking at the see through plastic reservoir Make sure that the fluid is within the minimum and maximum fluid range as marked on the reservoir FUEL FILTER Gasoline Engine Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is part of the fuel tank You do need to perform regular maintenance or replace it Diesel Engine WARNING Do not drain water separator while engine is running Fuel may ignite if separator is drained while engine is running or vehicle is moving The fuel filter water separator removes any contaminated particles and water from the fuel before the fuel enters the engine See your engine operator s manual for information on draining and replacing the fuel filter WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with an
365. uring a traction control event Trailer Anti Lock Braking System ABS Gei It illuminates briefly when you turn the ignition on and only when a PLC trailer or a PLC diagnostic tool is connected If the light fails to illuminate remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash have the system serviced immediately Wait to Start diesel engine only It illuminates when the air intake heater is in operation and CO special starting procedures are required WARNING If equipped with an air intake heater DO NOT use ether or any other starting fluids The use of starting fluids ether in an engine equipped with an air intake heater could result in damage and or personal injury 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Instrument Cluster 75 Water in Fuel diesel engine only WB It illuminates when the fuel filter water separator has a N ME significant quantity of water in it If the light illuminates when the engine is running stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible shut off the engine then drain the fuel filter and water separator See your engine operator s manual for the drain procedure Allowing water to stay in the system could result in extensive damage to or failure of the fuel injection system WARNING Do not drain the water separator while the engine is running Fuel may ignite if the separator is drained while the engine is running or the vehicle is moving A
366. ve blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Cartridge Fuse link maxi d rating fuses fuses fuses NR cartridge LA ey Gay j p p e 3A Videt Vile 4A Pink Pink L 5A Tn Tn 75A Bron Brown See E a a E L 35A Bwe Bue l 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural aA Orange Green Green 504 Rea Red Red 60 Ble Yellow Yelow 70A Tn Bown soa Natural Black Black 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 188 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the vehicle battery in the Maintenance chapter pun 12V
367. vehicle movement and possible personal injury or death 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Shift the transmission into position P Slowly lift your foot from the brake pedal to engage the transmission parking pawl mechanism 3 Apply the parking brake and make sure it is holding properly Do not rely solely on the parking mechanism of the transmission 4 Turn the engine off when you leave the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended when the engine is running A parking pawl effectively grounds the transmission s output shaft preventing rotation of the driveline If your vehicle is stationary selecting position P places the transmission in neutral and engages the parking pawl Always use the parking brake when parking your vehicle Note If you select position P when your vehicle is moving the parking pawl mechanism ratchets and does not hold the truck 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 132 Transmission Allison 2500 WARNING To avoid sudden unexpected vehicle movement and possible personal injury or death 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Shift the transmission into position N 3 Apply the parking brake and make sure it is holding properly 4 Turn the engine off when you leave the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended when the engine is running This transmission is available with a column mounted gearshift lever The instrument cluster displays t
368. ving hints are a brief general guide in operating the different manual transmissions used in your vehicle e When shifting into first gear or reverse with your vehicle standing still quickly release and press the clutch pedal if necessary to complete gear engagement e Always use the lowest or most appropriate gear to start your vehicle e Always use a gear ratio low enough to allow the engine to operate above the minimum engine operation speed range e Do not lug the engine e Do not slam or jerk the gearshift lever into gear e When more power is required shift to a lower gear and accelerate the engine near the governed speed To go forward press the clutch pedal in and shift into first gear while the engine is idling Engage the clutch while pressing the accelerator to start forward Operate the clutch and upshift as required by driving conditions To go backward put the gearshift lever in reverse and engaging the clutch while pressing lightly on the accelerator Shifting with a Synchronized Transmission With the clutch pedal pressed in use the second gear synchronizer to stop the clutch disc rotation this allows smooth engagement of first gear or reverse To complete the gear engagement it may be necessary to apply light pressure to the gearshift lever during initial engagement of the clutch It takes a second or two to match gear speeds steady pressure on the gearshift lever helps the synchronizer perform its job more
369. warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible PARK BRAKE Displays when the parking brake is set and ENGAGED your vehicle is moving 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Climate Control 79 MANUAL CLIMATE SYSTEM A Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice B Heated mirrors Turns the heated mirrors on and off See Heated mirrors later in this chapter for more information C Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below IE Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister NM vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents P d RS B Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents K and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 80 Climate Control D A C Press to turn air conditioning on or off Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passeng
370. way overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius Satellite Radio Service Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of d music sports news weather traffic SATELLITE RADIO and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printi
371. which has been run flat or seriously under inflated without first removing the tire from the wheel assembly for inspection Do not attempt to add air to tires or replace tires or wheels without first taking precautions to protect persons and property All tires with Steel Carcass Plies if equipped This type of tire utilizes steel cords in the sidewalls As such they cannot be treated like normal light truck tires Tire service including adjusting the air pressure must be performed by personnel trained supervised and equipped according to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA regulations For example during any procedure involving tire inflation the technician or individual must utilize a remote inflation device and make sure that all persons are clear of the trajectory area 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Wheels and Tires 245 Stay out of the trajectory 1 as indicated in the illustration WARNING Do not mount tube type tires on tubeless wheels or tubeless tires on tube type wheels To do so could result in tire or wheel failure and cause property damage personal injury or death Preserving proper inflation pressure is a very important maintenance practice to make sure safe vehicle operation and long life for the tires Failure to maintain correct inflation pressure may result in sudden tire destruction improper vehicle handling and may caus
372. will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt or the optional front or rear center safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat is installed in a front outboard passenger seating position or any outboard rear seating position if equipped The optional front and rear seat center safety belt have a cinch mechanism Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 48 Safety Belts How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode WARNING After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING Belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt
373. windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Maintenance 213 WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly f WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and heating systems Your vehicle s warranty does not cover this damage Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require draining the engine coolant flushing the system or replacing the engine coolant e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See the Capacities and Specifications chapter for more information e Incase of emergency you may add a
374. witch exhausts air from the air springs lowering the frame for loading Pressing the upper portion of the switch fills the air springs so your vehicle remains at normal ride height System Indicator Light CK The air suspension indicator light illuminates when using the switch to release air pressure in the rear air shocks Never drive your vehicle when the warning lamp is illuminated and there is low or no air pressure in the shocks Connecting and Disconnecting a Trailer with Air Suspension and Air Suspension Dump Switch When connecting to a trailer e Press the lower portion of the switch to exhaust air from the air suspension system e Press the upper portion of the switch and then raise the landing gear after making the connection to the trailer When disconnecting the trailer e Lower the landing gear and then press the lower portion of the switch 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 164 Driving Aids e Disconnect the brake hoses trailer side and rear light connectors then pull the release lever on the fifth wheel You must press the upper portion of the switch before operating with a trailer or operating in the bobtail mode Suspension Conversions WARNING When operating a loaded vehicle the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times supporting their share of the vehicle s load Failure to do so can overload other axles tires wheels springs
375. with a NoSPIN Detroit Locker differential deliver power to both wheels even when only one wheel is on the ground WARNING Failure to raise all drive wheels with this type of differential could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly resulting in property damage personal injury or death Take care to avoid sudden accelerations when both drive wheels are on a slippery surface WARNING Sudden accelerations on slippery surfaces could cause the wheels to spin the vehicle to turn sideways on a crowned road surface or in a turn possibly resulting in loss of vehicle control and personal injury Fluid Temperature Axle operating temperatures normally do not exceed 100 F 88 C If the operating temperature exceeds 230 F 110 C the rate of axle lubrication oxidation increases and shortens the life of the lubricant and seals requiring axle lubrication changes to become more frequent to preserve the axle Do not consistently run extreme pressure EP lubricants above 230 F 110 C Axle Conversions WARNING When operating a loaded vehicle the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times supporting their share of the vehicle s load Failure to do so can overload other axles tires wheels springs steering components brakes and frames resulting in early component failure loss of vehicle control possible property damage and personal injury 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014
376. wns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 326 SYNC Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select Add Bluetooth Allows you to pair additional devices to the Device system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth
377. x WS BPO eer eebe 283 WwW Using privacy mode 296 Warning lights see Lights 70 V Washer fluid 224 Vehicle health report 313 Water Driving through 176 Vehicle Identification Number Wheels isse rese etse testen 250 VIN cdescesess aeherwnsscusvecszers 274 275 Windows Vehicle loading 166 1910175 uS de Ee 61 Ventilating your vehicle 96 Windshield washer fluid and Voi ds i di WIPES gedd eege Ae 57 mode 918 checking and adding fluid 224 replacing wiper blades 228 Voice commands in phone MOIO MET ERR devisees 293 Wrecker towing ss 171 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus
378. xcessive heat and wear on the clutch A gear that starts the vehicle moving at idle speed is the correct gear If you have to rev the engine to get your vehicle going the gear selection is too high e Do not shift until your vehicle has reached the proper speed Upshifting before your vehicle has reached the proper speed can cause clutch slippage and excessive heat and wear on the clutch e Never hold a vehicle on a grade with the clutch This causes the clutch to slip and can actually burn up the clutch e Never coast with the clutch disengaged The high RPM sometimes over 10000 can actually burst the facing material of the clutch e Never engage the clutch while coasting Re engaging the clutch after coasting may not only cause a great shock to the clutch but the whole drivetrain Internal engine damage or clutch and flywheel failure can result from this If the transmission is equipped with a ceramic clutch you must start your vehicle moving in first gear and engage the clutch before pressing the accelerator at idle In addition do not try to slip the clutch by raising 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 126 Transmission engine RPM and riding or feathering the clutch pedal since this causes erratic engagement that can cause engine stalling and potential serious damage to driveline components Clutch Brake Non Synchronized Transmissions Vehicle Stationary A clutch brake stops transmi
379. y am It illuminates when engine oil pressure is low Fasten Safety belt Ei It illuminates and a tone sounds to remind you to fasten your Bed safety belt 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus Instrument Cluster 73 High Beam Es It illuminates when you turn on the headlamp high beam Low Fuel Level gasoline engine only It iluminates when the fuel level is low or near empty Refuel as soon as possible Parking Brake Warning It momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition to the on Q position with the engine off It also illuminates when you apply the parking brake If the parking brake warning lamp does not illuminate at these times seek service immediately Vehicles equipped with the Power Park Parking Brake option If the park brake warning lamp begins to blink after setting the parking brake on your vehicle this may indicate a failure in the parking brake system Seek service from an authorized dealer immediately Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Electronic Throttle Control gasoline engine only It illuminates when a powertrain fault exists Contact an Be authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Engine Soon It illuminates when you turn the ignition to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Solid illumination after you start the engine indicates the on board diagnostics OBD
380. y of water for best results Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting It is especially important to wash your vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from an authorized dealer Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible If your vehicle is equipped with running boards use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A and as required Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 both as per the directions on the products labels To manually dry use a clean dry lint free towel Do not use rubber plastic and vinyl protectant products on the running board surface as the area may become slippery Exterior Chrome Wash your vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from an authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts
381. yFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 L IC 1422A SYNCG2 L This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing April 2014 USA fus 344 Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintai

2015 F-650/750 Owner`s Manual 2015 F

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents